Foreword - Amazon S3 · 5. Garage door opener 6. Garage door opener box or auxiliary box 7....

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

i2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Foreword

Welcome to the growing group of value–conscious people who drive Toyotas. We are proud of the advanced engineering andquality construction of each vehicle we build.

This Owner’s Manual explains the operation of your new Toyota. Please read it thoroughly and have all the occupantsfollow the instructions carefully. Doing so will help you enjoy many years of safe and trouble–free motoring. Forimportant information about this manual and your Toyota, read the following pages carefully.

When it comes to service, remember that your Toyota dealer knows your vehicle best and is interested in your completesatisfaction. He will provide quality maintenance and any other assistance you may require.

If there is not a Toyota dealer near you, or you need emergency assistance for any reason, please call the following number:

� U.S. OWNERS: Toyota Customer Assistance Center Toll–free:1–800–331–4331

� CANADIAN OWNERS: Toyota Canada Customer Interaction Centre Toll–free:1–888–TOYOTA–8 (1–888–869–6828)

Please leave this Owner’s Manual in this vehicle at the time of resale. The next owner will need this information also.

All information and specifications in this manual are current at the time of printing. However, because of Toyota’s policy ofcontinual product improvement, we reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.

Please note that this manual applies to all models and explains all equipment, including options. Therefore, you mayfind some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.

2001 TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION

All rights reserved. This material may not be reproduced or copied, in whole or in part, without the written permission of ToyotaMotor Corporation.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

ii 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Important information about this manual

Safety and vehicle damage warnings

Throughout this manual, you will see safety and vehicle dam-age warnings. You must follow these warnings carefully toavoid possible injury or damage.

The types of warnings, what they look like, and how they areused in this manual are explained as follows:

CAUTION

This is a warning against something which may causeinjury to people if the warning is ignored. You areinformed about what you must or must not do inorder to avoid or reduce the risk to yourself and otherpeople.

NOTICE

This is a warning against something which may causedamage to the vehicle or its equipment if the warningis ignored. You are informed about what you must ormust not do in order to avoid or reduce the risk ofdamage to your vehicle and its equipment.

Safety symbol

When you see the safety symbolshown above, it means: “Do not...”;“Do not do this”; or “Do not let thishappen”.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

iii 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Important information about your Toyota

New vehicle warranty

Your new vehicle is covered by the following Toyota limitedwarranties:

� New vehicle warranty

� Emission control systems warranty

� Others

For further information, please refer to the “Owner’sWarranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s ManualSupplement”.

Your responsibility formaintenance

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that the speci-fied maintenance is performed. Section 6 gives details ofthese maintenance requirements. Also included in Section6 is general maintenance. For scheduled maintenance in-formation, please refer to the “Scheduled MaintenanceGuide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

Accessories, spare parts andmodification of your Toyota

A wide variety of non–genuine spare parts and accessoriesfor Toyota vehicles are currently available in the market.You should know that Toyota does not warrant these prod-ucts and is not responsible for their performance, repair, orreplacement, or for any damage they may cause to, oradverse effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.

This vehicle should not be modified with non–genuineToyota products. Modification with non–genuine Toyotaproducts could affect its performance, safety or durability,and may even violate governmental regulations. In addi-tion, damage or performance problems resulting from themodification may not be covered under warranty.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

iv 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Spark ignition system of yourToyota

The spark ignition system in your Toyota meets all require-ments of the Canadian Interference–Causing EquipmentStandard.

Installation of a mobiletwo–way radio system

As the installation of a mobile two–way radio system inyour vehicle could affect electronic systems such as multi-port fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injectionsystem, traction control system (two–wheel drive mod-els)/active traction control system (four–wheel drive mod-els), vehicle skid control system, cruise control system,anti–lock brake system, electronic throttle control system,SRS airbag system and seat belt pretensioner system, besure to check with your Toyota dealer for precautionarymeasures or special instructions regarding installation.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

v 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Scrapping of your Toyota

The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in yourToyota contain explosive chemicals. If the vehicle isscrapped with the airbags and pretensioners left as theyare, it may cause an accident such as fire. Be sure tohave the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt preten-sioner removed and disposed of by a qualified serviceshop or by your Toyota dealer before you dispose of yourvehicle.

On–pavement and off–roaddriving tips

This vehicle belongs to the utility vehicle class. Utility ve-hicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than othertypes of vehicles. This vehicle will handle and maneuverdifferently from an ordinary passenger car because it isdesigned for off–road use also. In addition, this vehiclehas a higher ground clearance and center of gravity thanthat of an ordinary passenger car. This vehicle design fea-ture causes this type of vehicle to be more likely to rol-lover. Failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result inloss of control, accidents or vehicle rollover causing deathor serious injury. Be sure to read “Off–road vehicle precau-tions” in Section 2 and “Off–road driving precautions” inSection 3.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

vi 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

12002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSOverview of instruments and controls

Instrument panel overview 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Instrument cluster overview 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Indicator symbols on the instrument panel 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 1

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

1. Side vents

2. Tilt steering lock release lever

3. Instrument cluster

4. Center vents

5. Garage door opener

6. Garage door opener box or auxiliarybox

7. Electric moon roof switch

8. Personal lights

9. Glove box

10. Power door lock switches

11. Power window switches

12. Automatic transmission selector lever

13. Parking brake lever

14. Ashtray

15. Cup holders

16. Front drive control lever

17. Lower vent

18. Hood lock release lever

19. Fuel filler door opener

20. Window lock switch

21. Power rear view mirror control switches(with power windows)

Instrument panel overview

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


1. Seat heater switch (for passenger)

2. Headlight and turn signal switch, andfront fog light switch

3. Wiper and washer switches

4. Back window and outside rear viewmirror defoggers switch

5. Driving pattern selector button

6. Clock

7. Emergency flasher switch

8. Power back window switch

9. Theft deterrent system/Engineimmobiliser system indicator light

10. Front passenger’s seat belt reminderlight

11. Air conditioning controls

12. Car audio

13. Ashtray

14. Power outlets

15. Cigarette lighter

16. “OUT/T” (outside temperature) button

17. Ignition switch

18. Cruise control switch

19. Center differential lock switch

20. Instrument panel light control knob

21. Power rear view mirror control switch(without power windows)

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


22. Traction control off switch

23. Seat heater switch (for driver) orPower back window lock switch

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


1. Service reminder indicators andindicator lights

2. Engine coolant temperature gauge

3. Tachometer

4. Speedometer

5. Odometer and two trip meters

6. Fuel gauge

7. Trip meter reset knob

Instrument cluster overview

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


or

Driver’s seat belt reminder light∗1

Low engine oil pressure warning light∗1

Low fuel level warning light∗1

Brake system warning light∗1

Malfunction indicator lamp∗1

Discharge warning light∗1

Anti–lock brake system warning light∗1

Automatic transmission fluid temperaturewarning light∗1

SRS warning light∗1

Unengaged “Park” warning light∗1

Open door warning light∗1

Low windshield washer fluid level warninglight∗1

Headlight high beam indicator light

Turn signal indicator lights

Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light∗1

Vehicle skid control system and traction controlsystem (two–wheel drive models) or activetraction control system (four–wheel drive models)warning light∗1

Indicator symbols on the instrument panel

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


Cruise control indicator light∗2

Driving pattern (“PWR” mode) indicator light

∗1: For details, see “Service reminder indicators and warningbuzzers” in Section 1–5.

∗2: If this light flashes, see “Cruise control” in Section 1–6.

Four–wheel drive and center differential lockindicator lights

Automatic transmission indicator lights

Traction control system off indicator light∗1

(two–wheel drive models)

Vehicle skid control system off indicator light∗1

(four–wheel drive models)

Slip indicator light

Overdrive–off indicator light

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSKeys and DoorsKeys 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine immobiliser system 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Side doors 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power windows 22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power back window 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Back door 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hood 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Theft deterrent system 29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel tank cap 31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electric moon roof 32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 2

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

10 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Your vehicle is supplied with two kindsof keys.

1. Master key—This key works in everylock.

2. Sub key—This key will not work in theglove box.

To protect things locked in the glove boxwhen you have your vehicle parked, leavethe sub key with the attendant.

Since the doors can be locked without akey, you should always carry a sparemaster key in case you accidentally lockyour keys inside the vehicle.

KEY NUMBER PLATE

Your key number is shown on the plate.Keep the plate in a safe place such asyour wallet, not in the vehicle.

If you should lose your keys or if youneed additional keys, duplicates can bemade by a Toyota dealer using the keynumber.

We recommend you to write down the keynumber and keep it in safe place.

Your vehicle is supplied with the twokinds of keys.

1. Master key (black)—This key works inevery lock. Your Toyota dealer willneed it to make you a new key withbuilt–in transponder chip.

2. Sub key (gray)—This key does notwork in the glove box.

A transponder chip for engine immobilisersystem has been filled in the head of themaster and sub keys. These chips areneeded to enable the system to functioncorrectly, so be careful not to lose thesekeys. If you make your own duplicate key,you will not be able to cancel the systemor start the engine.

Keys (without engineimmobiliser system)

Keys (with engine immobilisersystem)

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


To protect things locked in the glove boxwhen you have your vehicle parked, leavethe sub key with the attendant.

Since the side doors can be locked with-out a key, you should always carry aspare master key in case you accidentallylock your keys inside the vehicle.

For information on use of the wirelessremote control key, see “Side doors” inthis section.

NOTICE

When using a key containing a trans-ponder chip, observe the followingprecautions:

� When starting the engine, do notuse the key with a key ring restingon the key grip and do not pressthe key ring against the key grip.Otherwise the engine may not start,or may stop soon after it starts.

� When starting the engine, do notuse the key with other transponderkeys around (including keys of oth-er vehicles) and do not press otherkey plates against the key grip.Otherwise the engine may not start,or may stop soon after it starts. Ifthis happens, remove the key onceand then insert it again after takingoff other transponder keys (includ-ing keys of other vehicles) from thering or while gripping or coveringthem with your hand to start theengine.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

12 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� Do not bend the key grip.

� Do not cover the key grip with anymaterial that cuts off electromagnet-ic waves.

� Do not knock the key hard againstother objects.

� Do not leave the key exposed tohigh temperatures for a long period,such as on the dashboard and hoodunder the direct sunlight.

� Do not put the key in water orwash it in an ultrasonic washer.

� Do not use the key with electromag-netic materials. KEY NUMBER PLATE

Your key number is shown on the plate.Keep the plate in a safe place such asyour wallet, not in the vehicle.

If you should lose your keys or if youneed additional keys, duplicates can bemade by a Toyota dealer using the keynumber.

We recommend you to write down the keynumber and keep it in safe place.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


The engine immobiliser system is atheft prevention system. When you in-sert the key in the ignition switch, thetransponder chip in the key’s headtransmits an electronic code to the ve-hicle. The engine will start, only whenthe electronic code in the chip corre-sponds to the registered ID code forthe vehicle.

The system is automatically set when thekey is removed from the ignition switch.The indicator light will start flashing toshow the system is set.

If any of the following indicator conditionsoccurs, contact your Toyota dealer.

� The indicator light stays on exceptwhen the theft deterrent system is set-ting or activating. (See “Theft deterrentsystem”.)

� The indicator light does not start flash-ing when the key is removed from theignition switch.

� The indicator light flashes unsteady.

Inserting the registered key in the ignitionswitch automatically cancels the system,which enables the engine to start. Theindicator light will go off.

For your Toyota dealer to make you anew key with built–in transponder chip,your dealer will need your key numberand master key. However, there is a limitto the number of additional keys yourToyota dealer can make for you.

If you make your own duplicate key,you will not be able to cancel the sys-tem or start the engine.

NOTICE

Do not modify, remove or disas-semble the engine immobiliser sys-tem. If any unauthorized changes ormodifications are made, the properoperation of the system cannot beguaranteed.

Engine immobiliser system

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

14 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

For vehicles sold in U.S.A.

FCC ID: MOZ RI–4BTYMADE IN JAPAN

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includ-ing interference that may cause unde-sired operation.

CAUTION

Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party respon-sible for compliance could void theuser’s authority to operate the equip-ment.

For vehicles sold in Canada

This device complies with RSS–210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause interfer-ence, and (2) this device must acceptany interference, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation ofthe device.

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH KEY

Insert the key into the keyhole and turnit.

To lock: Turn the key forward.To unlock: Turn the key backward.

Vehicles with power door lock system—All the doors lock and unlock simulta-neously with either front door. In the driv-er’s door lock, turning the key once willunlock the driver’s door and twice in suc-cession will unlock all the doors simulta-neously.

Side doors

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITHINSIDE LOCK BUTTON

Move the lock button.

To lock: Push the button downward.To unlock: Pull the button upward.

Closing the door with the lock buttonpushed in will also lock the door. Be care-ful not to lock your keys in the vehicle.

Vehicles with power door lock sys-tem—The front doors cannot be locked ifyou leave the key in the ignition switch.

Driver’s side

Front passenger’s side

With power windows


Driver’s side

Without power windows

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

16 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITHPOWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH

Push the switch.

To lock: Push the switch on the front side.To unlock: Push the switch on the rearside.

All the doors lock or unlock simultaneous-ly.

When the front side doors are locked fromthe outside or locked with the wirelessremote control transmitter, the power doorlock switch will not work until either frontdoor is unlocked with the key, lock knob,or wireless remote control transmitter. REAR DOOR CHILD–PROTECTORS

Move the lock lever to the “LOCK”position as shown on the label.

This feature allows you to lock a reardoor so it can be opened from the outsideonly, not from inside. We recommend us-ing this feature whenever small childrenare in the vehicle.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure that the doorsare closed and locked, especiallywhen small children are in the ve-hicle. Along with the proper use ofseat belts, locking the doors helpsprevent the driver and passengersfrom being thrown out from the ve-hicle during an accident. It also helpsprevent the doors from being openedunintentionally.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


Locking operation

Unlocking operation

The wireless remote control system isdesigned to lock or unlock all the sidedoors and back door from a distancewithin approximately 1 m (3 ft.) of thevehicle.

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING THE SIDEDOORS AND BACK DOOR

To lock and unlock all the side doorsand back door, push the switches slow-ly and securely.

To lock: Push the “LOCK” switch. All theside doors and back door are locked si-multaneously. At this time one beep willbe heard, and tail lights flash once.

Check to see that all the side doors andback door are securely locked.

If any of the side doors or back door isnot securely closed, locking cannot beperformed by the “LOCK” switch and abeep will sound continuously for 10 sec-onds. However, if the key is in the igni-tion, a beep will not sound.

To stop the buzzer, close all the doorssecurely or push the “UNLOCK” switch.

To unlock: Push the “UNLOCK” switchonce to unlock the driver’s door alone.Pushing the switch twice within 3 secondsunlocks all the side doors and back doorsimultaneously. Each time the “UNLOCK”switch is pushed, two beeps will be heard,and the parking lights and tail lights flashtwice.

You have 30 seconds to open a door afterusing the wireless remote unlock feature.If a door is not opened by then, all theside doors and back door will be automati-cally locked again.

If the “LOCK” or “UNLOCK” switch is keptpressed in, the locking or unlocking opera-tion is not repeated. Release the buttonand then push again.

The volume of beep sound can bechanged. Contact your Toyota dealer fordetails if you require it.

—Wireless remote control

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

18 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

OPENING THE BACK WINDOW

To open the back window, push theback window open switch of the trans-mitter for about 1 second. The windowwill fully open.

At this time, you can hear a beep.

If the ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-tion, the back window cannot be openedby the back window open switch.

To open the back window with the masterkey, see “Power back window” in this sec-tion.

The volume of beep sound can bechanged. Contact your Toyota dealer fordetails if you require it.

“PANIC” SWITCH

Pushing the “PANIC” switch blows thehorn intermittently and flashes theheadlights and tail lights.

The “PANIC” switch is used to deter ve-hicle theft when you witness anyone at-tempting to break into or damage yourvehicle.

The alarm will last for one minute. To stopalarm midway, push the “PANIC” or“UNLOCK” switch, or unlock any side dooror back door with key. You can also stopthe alarm by turning the ignition key from“LOCK” to the “ON” position.

The “PANIC” mode does not work whenthe ignition key is in the “ON” position.

WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLTRANSMITTER

The wireless remote control transmitter isan electronic component. Observe the fol-lowing instructions in order not to causedamage to the transmitter.

� Do not leave the transmitter on placeswhere the temperature becomes highsuch as on the dashboard.

� Do not disassemble it.

� Avoid knocking it hard against otherobjects or dropping it.

� Avoid putting it in water.

You can use up to 4 wireless remote con-trol transmitters for the same vehicle.Contact your Toyota dealer for detailedinformation.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


If the wireless remote control transmitterdoes not actuate the doors or operatefrom a normal distance:

� Check for closeness to a radio trans-mitter such as a radio station or anairport which can interfere with normaloperation of the transmitter.

� The battery may have been consumed.Check the battery in the transmitter. Toreplace the battery, see following“REPLACING THE BATTERY”.

If you lose your wireless remote controltransmitter, contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible to avoid the possibilityof theft, or an accident.

For vehicles sold in U.S.A.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includ-ing interference that may cause unde-sired operation.

NOTICE:This equipment has been tested andfound to comply with the limits for aClass B digital device, pursuant to Part15 of the FCC Rules. These limits aredesigned to provide reasonable protec-tion against harmful interference in aresidential installation. This equipmentgenerates, uses and can radiate radiofrequency energy and, if not installedand used in accordance with the instruc-tions, may cause harmful interference toradio communications. However, there isno guarantee that interference will notoccur in a particular installation. If thisequipment does cause harmful interfer-ence to radio or television reception,which can be determined by turning theequipment off and on, the user is en-couraged to try to correct the interfer-ence by one or more of the followingmeasures:

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

20 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� Reorient or relocate the receiving an-tenna.

� Increase the separation between theequipment and receiver.

� Connect the equipment into an outleton a circuit different from that towhich the receiver is connected.

� Consult the dealer or an experiencedradio / TV technician for help.

FCC WARNING:Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party respon-sible for compliance could void theuser’s authority to operate the equip-ment.

For vehicles sold in Canada

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:

(1) this device may not cause interfer-ence, and (2) this device must acceptany interference, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation ofthe device.

REPLACING THE BATTERY

For replacement, use a lithium batteryCR2016 and a special screwdriver.

CAUTION

Special care should be taken thatsmall children do not swallow the re-moved battery or components.

NOTICE

� When replacing the transmitter bat-tery, be careful not to lose the com-ponents.

� Replace only with the same orequivalent type recommended bythe manufacturer.

� Dispose of used batteries accordingto the local laws.

Replace the battery by the following pro-cedures:

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


1. Using a coin or equivalent, open thetransmitter case.

2. Remove the discharged transmitter bat-tery.

3. Put new transmitter battery with posi-tive (+) side up.

Close the transmitter case securely.

NOTICE

� Make sure the positive side andnegative side of the transmitter bat-tery should be faced correctly.

� Do not replace the battery with wethands. Water may cause unexpectedrust.

� Do not touch or move any compo-nents inside of the transmitter, orit may interfere with proper opera-tion.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

22 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� Be careful that dust or oils do notadhere to the transmitter case.

� Close the transmitter case securely.

After replacing battery, check that thetransmitter operates properly. If the trans-mitter still does not operate properly, con-tact your Toyota dealer.

If you lose your transmitter, contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible toavoid the possibility of theft, or an acci-dent. (See “If you lose your wireless re-mote control transmitter” in Section 4.)

Window lockswitch

Driver’s door switches

Front passenger’s door switch

The windows can be operated with theswitch on each side door.

The power windows work when the ignitionswitch is in the “ON” position.

Key off operation: If both front sidedoors are closed, they work for 43 se-conds even after the ignition switch isturned off. They stop working when eitherfront side door is opened.

OPERATING THE DRIVER’S AND FRONTPASSENGER’S WINDOWS

Use the switches on the driver’s doorand front passenger’s door.

Normal operation: The window moves aslong as you hold the switch.

To open: Lightly push down the switch.To close: Lightly pull up the switch.

If you push in the window lock switch onthe driver’s door, the front passengers’window cannot be operated.

Power windows

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)



Front passenger’s door switch

Automatic operation: Push the switchcompletely down or pull it completely up,and then release it. The window will fullyopen or close. To stop the window part-way, lightly move the switch in the oppo-site direction and then release it.

If you push in the window lock switch onthe driver’s door, the front passengers’window cannot be operated.

Jam protection function: During automat-ic closing operation, the window stops andopens half way if something gets caughtbetween the window and window frame.

If the window receives a strong impact,this function may work even if nothing iscaught.

CAUTION

� Never try jamming any part of yourbody to make the jam protectionfunction work intentionally.

� The jam protection function maynot work if something gets caughtjust before the window is fullyclosed.

Windowlock switch


OPERATING THE REAR PASSENGERS’WINDOWS

Use the switch on each rear passen-ger’s door or the switches on the driv-er’s door that control each rear passen-ger’s windows.

The window moves as long as you holdthe switch.

To open: Push down the switch.To close: Pull up the switch.

If you push in the window lock switch onthe driver’s door, the rear passengers’windows cannot be operated.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

24 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Rear passengers’ door switches

CAUTION

To avoid serious personal injury, youmust do the following.

� Always make sure the heads, handsand other parts of the bodies of alloccupants are kept completely in-side the vehicle before you closethe power windows. If someone’sneck, head or hands gets caught ina closing window, it could result ina serious injury. When anyonecloses the power windows, makesure that he/she operates the win-dows safely.

� When small children are in the ve-hicle, never let them use the powerwindow switches without supervi-sion. Use the window lock switch toprevent them from making unex-pected use of the switches.

� Never leave small children alone inthe vehicle, especially with the igni-tion key still inserted. They coulduse the power window switches andget trapped in a window. Unat-tended children can be involved inserious accidents.

The back window can be operated withthe inner switch on the center consoleor outer switch on the back door.

OPERATING FROM INSIDE

The ignition key must be in the “ON” posi-tion.

The back window moves as long as youhold the inner switch.

To open: Push the switch on the “ ”side.To close: Push the switch on the “ ”

side.

Power back window

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


You can also open the back window whenthe back window wiper is working. At thattime, the wiper stops working until thewindow is closed again.

If you push in the window lock switch onthe driver’s door (with power windows) oron the instrument panel (without powerwindows), the back window cannot be op-erated.

With power windows (driver’s door)

Without power windows (instrument panel)

OPERATING FROM OUTSIDE

After turning and holding the key for a fewseconds, the back window will move asfar as holding the key.

To open: Turn the key counterclockwise.To close: Turn the key clockwise.

You can also open the back window whenthe back window wiper is working. At thetime, the wiper stops working until thewindow is closed again.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

26 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

CAUTION


� Always make sure the heads, handsand other parts of the bodies of alloccupants are kept completely in-side the vehicle before you closethe power back window. If some-one’s neck, head or hands getscaught in a closing window, itcould result in a serious injury.When anyone closes the powerback window, make sure that he/sheoperates the window safely.

� When small children are in the ve-hicle, never let them use the powerback window switch without super-vision. Use the window lock switchto prevent them from making unex-pected use of the switch.

� Never leave small children alone inthe vehicle, especially with the igni-tion key still inserted. They coulduse the power back window switchand get trapped in a window. Unat-tended children can be involved inserious accidents.

� Keep the back window closed whiledriving. This not only keeps theluggage from being thrown out butalso prevents exhaust gases fromentering the vehicle.

Vehicles with wireless remote control sys-tem—To open the back window with thewireless remote control transmitter, see“—Wireless remote control” in this section.

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH KEY

Insert the key into the keyhole and turnit.

To lock: Turn the key clockwise.To unlock: Turn the key counterclockwise.

To open the back door, pull the lever.

The back door will be controlled by oper-ating the power door lock switch.

Back door

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


When closing the back door, use theinside strap for easier reach to theback door.

To close the back door, lower it and pressdown on it. After closing the back door,try pulling it up to make sure it is secure-ly closed.

See “Luggage stowage precautions” inSection 2 for precautions in loading lug-gage.

CAUTION

Keep the back window and back doorclosed while driving. This not onlykeeps the luggage from being thrownout but also prevents exhaust gasesfrom entering the vehicle.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the back doordampers, do not apply any force,paint or let any other foreign matteron them.

Driver’s side


With power windows

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

28 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)


Driver’s side

Without power windows

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITHPOWER BACK DOOR LOCK SWITCH

Push the switch.

To lock: Push the switch on the front side.To unlock: Push the switch on the rearside.

Operating the power door lock switch si-multaneously locks or unlocks the backdoor. (See “Side doors” in this section.)

Vehicles with wireless remote control sys-tem—To lock or unlock the back door, see“—Wireless remote control” in this section.

To open the hood:

1. Pull the hood lock release lever. Thehood will spring up slightly.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure that the hoodis closed and securely locked. Other-wise, the hood may open unexpected-ly while driving and an accident mayoccur.

Hood

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


2. In front of the vehicle, pull up theauxiliary catch l ever and lift thehood.

3. Hold the hood open by inserting thesupport rod into the slot.

Before closing the hood, check to see thatyou have not forgotten any tools, rags,etc. and return the support rod to itsclip—this prevents rattles. Then lower thehood make sure it locks into place. Ifnecessary, press down gently on the frontedge to lock it.

CAUTION

After inserting the support rod intothe slot, make sure the rod supportsthe hood security from falling downon to your head or body.

To deter the vehicle theft, the systemis designed to give an alarm if any ofthe side doors, back door or hood isforcibly unlocked or opened or the bat-tery terminal is disconnected and thenreconnected when the vehicle is locked.

The alarm blows the horn intermittentlyand flashes the headlights and tail lights.

Theft deterrent system

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

30 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

SETTING THE SYSTEM

1. Turn the ignition key to the “LOCK”position and remove it.

The indicator light will start flashing whenthe key is removed from the ignitionswitch. (See “Engine immobiliser system”for details.)

2. Have all passengers get out of thevehicle.

3. Close and lock all the side doors, backdoor and hood.

The indicator light will come on when allthe side doors, back door and hood areclosed and locked.

The system will automatically be set after30 seconds. When the system is set, theindicator light will start flashing again.

4. After making sure the indicator lightstarts flashing, you may leave the ve-hicle.

Never leave anyone in the vehicle whenyou set the system, because unlockingfrom the inside will activate the system.

WHEN THE SYSTEM IS SET

Activating the system

The system will give the alarm under thefollowing conditions:

� If any of the side doors is unlocked oropened without the key or wireless re-mote control transmitter, or if the backdoor or hood is forcibly opened.

� If the battery terminal is disconnectedand then reconnected.

The indicator light will come on when thesystem is activated.

If the alarm has been activated and thekey is not in the ignition switch, all theside doors and back door will re–lock au-tomatically.

After one minute, the alarm will automati-cally stop and the indicator light will startsflashing again.

Reactivating the alarm

Once set, the system automatically resetsthe alarm after the alarm stops.

The alarm will activate again under thesame circumstances described in“Activating the system”.

Stopping the alarm

The alarm will be stopped by the followingthree ways:

� Turn the ignition key from the “LOCK”to “ON” position.

� Unlock any of the side doors or backdoor with the key or wireless remotecontrol transmitter.

These ways cancel the system at thesame time.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


TESTING THE SYSTEM

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the system as described above.The side doors and back door shouldbe locked with the key or wireless re-mote control transmitter. Be sure towait until the indicator light goes off orstarts flashing.

3. Unlock any side door from the inside.The system should activate the alarm.

4. Stopping the alarm as described above.

5. Repeat this operation for the otherdoors and hood. When testing on thehood, also check that the system isactivated when the battery terminal isdisconnected and then reconnected.

If the system does not work properly,have it checked by your Toyota dealer.

1. To open the fuel filler door, pull thelever.

When refueling, turn off the engine.

CAUTION

� Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-low open flames when refueling.The fumes are flammable.

� When opening the cap, do not re-move the cap quickly. In hot weath-er, fuel under pressure could causeinjury by spraying out of the fillerneck if the cap is suddenly re-moved.

2. To remove the fuel tank cap, turnthe cap slowly counterclockwise,then pause slightly before removingit.

It is not unusual to hear a slight swooshwhen the cap is opened. When installing,turn the cap clockwise till you hear aclick.

If the cap is not tightened securely, themalfunction indicator lamp comes on.Make sure the cap is tightened securely.

The indicator lamp goes off after drivingseveral times. If the indicator lamp doesnot go off, contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible.

Fuel tank cap

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

32 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

CAUTION

� Make sure the cap is tightened se-curely to prevent fuel sp illage incase of an accident.

� Use only a genuine Toyota fuel tankcap for replacement. It is designedto regulate fuel tank pressure.

Sliding operation

Tilting operation

To operate the moon roof, use theswitch beside the personal lights.

The moon roof works when the ignitionswitch is in the “ON” position.

Key off operation—

If all the doors are closed, it works for 43seconds even after the ignition switch isturned off. It stops working when any ofthe doors is opened.

Sun shade operation—

The sun shade can be opened or closedby hand.

Sliding operation—

To open: Push the switch on the “�” side.

The roof will fully open. To stop the roofpartway, push the switch on the “�” side.

The sun shade will be opened togetherwith the roof.

To close: Push the switch on the “�”side.

As a precaution when closing, the roofstops at the three–quarters closed positionbefore fully closing. Therefore, release theswitch and then push it again to close itcompletely.

Electric moon roof

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


Tilting operation—

To tilt up: Push the switch on the “TILTUP” side.To lower: Push the switch on the “TILTDOWN” side.

You may stop the moon roof at any de-sired position. The roof will move whilethe switch is being pushed and stop whenreleased.

CAUTION


� While the vehicle is moving, alwayskeep the heads, hands and otherparts of the bodies of all occupantsaway from the roof opening. Other-wise, they could be seriously in-jured if the vehicle stops suddenlyor if the vehicle is involved in anaccident.

� Always make sure nobody placeshis/her head, hands and other partsof the body in the roof opening be-fore you close the roof. If some-one’s neck, head or hands getscaught in the closing roof, it couldresult in a serious injury. Whenanyone closes the roof, first makesure it is safe to do so.

� Never leave small children alone inthe vehicle, especially with the igni-tion key still inserted. They coulduse the moon roof switches and gettrapped in the roof opening. Unat-tended children can be involved inserious accidents.

� Never sit on top of the vehiclearound the roof opening.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

34 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSSeats, Seat belts, Steering wheel and MirrorsSeats 36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front seats 36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fold–down rear seats 39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flattening seatbacks 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat heaters 41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Head restraints 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat belts 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SRS driver airbag and front passenger airbag 52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Child restraint 59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tilt steering wheel 78. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outside rear view mirrors 79. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Anti–glare inside rear view mirror 80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sun visors 81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 3

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

36 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

While the vehicle is being driven, all ve-hicle occupants should have the seatbackupright, sit well back in the seat and prop-erly wear the seat belts provided.

CAUTION

� Do not drive the vehicle unless theoccupants are properly seated. Donot allow sitting on top of afolded–down seatback, or in theluggage compartment or cargo area.Persons not properly seated and/orproperly restrained by seat beltscan be severely injured in the eventof emergency braking or a collision.

� During driving, do not allow pas-sengers to stand up or movearound between seats. Severe inju-ries can occur in the event of emer-gency braking or a collision.

Adjust the driver’s seat so that the footpedals, steering wheel and instrumentpanel controls are within easy reach ofthe driver.

CAUTION

� Adjustments should not be madewhile the vehicle is moving, as theseat may unexpectedly move andcause the driver to lose control ofthe vehicle.

� When adjusting the seat, be carefulthat the seat does not hit a passen-ger or luggage.

� After adjusting the seat position,try sliding it forward and backwardto make sure it is locked in posi-tion.

� After adjusting the seatback, pushback your body to make sure it islocked in position.

� Do not put objects under the seatsas they may interfere with the seat–lock mechanism or unexpectedlypush up the seat position adjustinglever; the seat may suddenly move,causing the driver to lose control ofthe vehicle.

� While adjusting the seat, do not putyour hands under the seat or nearthe moving parts. You may catchand injure your hands or fingers.

SeatsFront seats——Seat adjustment precautions

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


1. SEAT POSITION ADJUSTING LEVER

Pull the lever up. Then slide the seatto the desired position with slight bodypressure and release the lever.

2. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTINGLEVER

Lean forward and pull the lever up.Then lean back to the desired angleand release the lever.

CAUTION

To reduce the risk of sliding underthe lap belt during a collision, avoidreclining the seatback any more thanneeded. The seat belts provide maxi-mum protection in a frontal or rearcollision when the driver and the pas-senger are sitting up straight andwell back in the seats. If you arereclined, the lap belt may slide pastyour hips and apply restraint forcesdirectly to the abdomen. Therefore, inthe event of a frontal collision, therisk of personal injury may increasewith increasing recline of the seat-back.

3. SEAT CUSHION ANGLE ADJUSTINGKNOB

Turn the knob either way.

4. SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORTADJUSTING LEVER

Pull the lever forward or backward.

—Adjusting front seats(manual seat)

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

38 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

1. SEAT POSITION AND SEAT CUSHIONANGLE ADJUSTING SWITCH

Move the control switch in the desireddirection.

Releasing the switch will stop the seat atthat position.

Do not place anything under the frontseats. It might interfere with the seat–lockmechanism.

2. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTINGSWITCH

Move the control switch in the desireddirection.

Releasing the switch will stop the seat-back at that position.

CAUTION

To reduce the risk of sliding underthe lap belt during a collision, avoidreclining the seatback any more thanneeded. The seat belts provide maxi-mum protection in a frontal or rearcollision when the driver and the pas-senger are sitting up straight andwell back in the seats. If you arereclined, the lap belt may slide pastyour hips and apply restraint forcesdirectly to the abdomen. Therefore, inthe event of a frontal collision, therisk of personal injury may increasewith increasing recline of the seat-back.

3. SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORTADJUSTING SWITCH

Push the control switch in the desireddirection.

Releasing the switch will stop the seat-back at that position.

—Adjusting front seats (powerseat)

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


BEFORE FOLD–DOWN REAR SEAT

Stow the rear seat belt and buckles asshown in the illustration.

This prevents the belt and buckles fromfalling out when you fold the seatback.

NOTICE

The seat belt and buckles must bestowed before you fold the seatback.

1. Swing the bottom cushion up bypulling the lock rel ease strap, andremove the head restraint.

It is hinged at the front edge, so just liftit up.

If desired, each bottom cushion may beswung up separately.

2. Store the head restraints in the headrestraint retaining holes in the bot-tom cushion.

Fold–down rear seats

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

40 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

3. Unlock the seatback and fold itdown.

This will enlarge the luggage compartmentas far as the raised seat cushion. See“Luggage stowage precautions” in Section2 for precautions in loading luggage.

If desired, each seatback may be foldedseparately.

CAUTION

When returning seats to their originalposition, observe the following pre-cautions in order to prevent personalinjury in a collision or s udden stop:

� Make sure the seatback is securelylocked by pushing forward and rear-ward on the top of the seatback.Failure to do so will prevent theseat belt from operating properly.Be certain to replace the head re-straints.

� Make sure the seat belts are nottwisted or caught in the seatbackand are arranged in their properposition and are ready to use.

� Make sure the bottom cushion issecurely locked by trying to pull upthe edge of the cushion near thelock release straps.

� Do not forget to pull out the buckleof the side seatbelts and centerseatbelt and arranged them in theirproper position and are ready touse.

To flatten the seatback, do the follow-ings.

1. Remove the head restraint and slidethe seat further forward than thefront–most lock position.

Flattening seatbacks (manual seat)

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


2. Pull the lock release lever up, thenpush down the seatback.

When returning the seatback upright, becareful not to make yourself hit by theseatback which will bound with consid-erable spring force.

After returning the seat to its originalposition, be certain to replace the headrestraint.

CAUTION

� Do not allow passengers to ride onthe flattened seat while driving; usethe seat in the normal position.

� After putting back the seat, trypushing the seat and seatback for-ward and rearward to make sure itis secured in place. Be certain toreplace head restraint.

To turn on the seat heater, push theswitch.

The key must be in the “ON” position.

Push the switch once again to turn theseat heater off.

CAUTION

Occupants must use caution when op-erating the seat heater because itmay make them feel too hot or causeburns at low temperatures (erythema,varicella). Use extra caution for;

� Babies, small children, elderly per-sons, sick persons or handicappedpersons

Seat heaters

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

42 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� Persons who have delicate skin

� Persons who are exhausted

� Persons who have taken alcohol ordrugs which induce sleep (sleepingdrug, cold remedy, etc.)

To prevent the seat overheating, donot use the seat heater with a blan-ket, cushion, or other insulating ob-jects which cover the seat.

NOTICE

� Do not put unevenly weighed ob-jects on the seat and do not sticksharp objects (needles, nails, etc.)into the seat.

� When cleaning the seats, do notuse organic substances (paint thin-ner, benzine, alcohol, gasoline,etc.). They may damage the heaterand seat surface.

� To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, turn the switch onwhen the engine is running.

Front

Rear

For your safety and comfort, adjust thehead restraint before driving.

To raise: Pull it up.To lower: Push it down while pressing thelock release button.

On some models, you can also move thehead restraint forward or backward. Ifsuch adjustment is desired, pull or pushthe head restraint.

The head restraint is most effective whenit is close to your head. Therefore, usinga cushion on the seatback is not recom-mended.

CAUTION

� Adjust the center of the head re-straint so that it is closet to thetop of your ears.

� After adjusting the head restraint,make sure it is locked in position.

� Do not drive with the head re-straints removed.

Head restraints

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


Toyota strongly urges that the driver andpassengers in the vehicle be properly re-strained at all times with the seat beltsprovided. Failure to do so could increasethe chance of injury and/or the severity ofinjury in accidents.

Child. Use a child restraint system ap-propriate for the child until the child be-comes large enough to properly wear thevehicle’s seat belts. See “Child restraint”for details.

If a child is too large for a child restraintsystem, the child should sit in the rearseat and must be restrained using thevehicle’s seat belt. According to accidentstatistics, the child is safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seat than in thefront seat.

If a child must sit in the front seat, theseat belts should be worn properly. If anaccident occurs and the seat belts are notworn properly, the force of the rapid infla-tion of the airbag may cause death orserious injury to the child.

Do not allow the child to stand up orkneel on either rear or front seats. Anunrestrained child could suffer serious in-jury or death during emergency braking ora collision. Also do not let the child sit onyour lap. It does not provide sufficientrestraint.

Pregnant woman. Toyota recommends theuse of a seat belt. Ask your doctor forspecific recommendations. The lap beltshould be worn securely and as low aspossible over the hips and not on thewaist.

Injured person. Toyota recommends theuse of a seat belt. Depending on the inju-ry, first check with your doctor for specificrecommendation.

CAUTION

Persons should ride in their seatsproperly wearing their seat beltswhenever the vehicle is moving.Otherwise, they are much more likelyto suffer serious bodily injury ordeath in the event of sudden brakingor a collision.

When using the seat belts, observethe following:

� Use the belt for only one person ata time. Do not use a single belt fortwo or more people—even children.

� Avoid reclining the seatbacks toomuch. The seat belts provide maxi-mum protection when the seatbacksare in the upright position. (Referto the seat adjustment instructions.)

� Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. Take care thatthey do not get caught or pinchedin the seat or side doors.

� Inspect the belt system periodically.Check for cuts, fraying, and looseparts. Damaged parts should be re-placed. Do not disassemble ormodify the system.

Seat belts——Seat belt precautions

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

44 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� Keep the belts clean and dry. Ifthey need cleaning, use a mild soapsolution or lukewarm water. Neveruse bleach, dye, or abrasive clean-ers—they may severely weaken thebelts. (See “Cleaning the interior”in Section 5.)

� Replace the belt assembly (includ-ing bolts) if it has been used in asevere impact. The entire assemblyshould be replaced even if damageis not obvious.

Adjust the seat as needed (front seatsonly) and sit up straight and well backin the seat. To fasten your belt, pull itout of the retractor and insert the tabinto the buckle.

You will hear a click when the tab locksinto the buckle.

The seat belt length automatically adjuststo your size and the seat position.

The retractor will lock the belt during asudden stop or on impact. It also maylock if you lean forward too quickly. Aslow, easy motion will allow the belt toextend, and you can move around freely.

If the seat belt cannot be pulled out of theretractor, firmly pull the belt and releaseit. You will then be able to smoothly pullthe belt out of the retractor.

When a passenger’s shoulder belt is com-pletely extended and is then retractedeven slightly, the belt is locked in thatposition and cannot be extended. This fea-ture is used to hold the child restraintsystem securely. (For details, see “Childrestraint” in this section.) To free the beltagain, fully retract the belt and then pullthe belt out once more.

CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the belt is not twisted.

� Do not insert coins, clips, etc. inthe buckle as this may prevent youfrom properly latching the tab andbuckle.

� If the seat belt does not functionnormally, immediately contact yourToyota dealer. Do not use the seatuntil the seat belt is fixed. It cannotprotect an adult occupant or yourchild from injury.

—Front and rear outside seatbelts

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


Seat belts with an adjustable shoulderanchor—

Adjust the shoulder anchor position toyour size.

To raise: Slide the anchor up.To lower: Push in the lock release buttonand slide the anchor down.

After adjustment make sure the anchor islocked in position.

CAUTION

Always make sure the shoulder beltis positioned across the center ofyour shoulder. The belt should bekept away from your neck, but notfalling off your s houlder. Failure todo so could reduce the amount ofprotection in an accident and causeserious injuries in a collision.

Take upslack

Too high

Keep as low on hips as possible

Adjust the position of the lap andshoulder belts.

Position the lap belt as low as possibleon your hips—not on your waist, then ad-just it to a snug fit by pulling the shoulderportion upward through the latch plate.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

46 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

CAUTION

� Both high–positioned lap belts andloose–fitting belts could cause seri-ous injuries due to sliding underthe lap belt during a collision orother unintended result. Keep thelap belt positioned as low on hipsas possible.

� For your safety, do not place theshoulder belt under your arm.

To release the belt, press the buckle–re-lease button and allow the belt to re-tract.

If the belt does not retract smoothly, pullit out and check for kinks or twists. Thenmake sure it remains untwisted as it re-tracts.

Lengthen

Sit up straight and well back in theseat. To fasten your belt, insert the tabinto the buckle.


If the belt is not long enough for you, holdthe tab at a right angle to the belt andpull on the tab.

—Rear center seat belt

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the belt is not twisted.



Too high

Adjust to a snug fit

Keep as low on hips as possible

Remove excess length of the belt andadjust the belt position.

To shorten the belt, pull the free end ofthe belt.

Position the lap belt as low as possibleon your hips—not on your waist, then ad-just it to a snug fit.

CAUTION

Both high–positioned and loose–fit-ting lap belts could cause serious in-juries due to sliding under the lapbelt during a collision or other unin-tended result. Keep the lap belt posi-tioned as low on hips as possible.

To release the belt, press the buckle–re-lease button.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

48 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

The rear seat belt and buckles can bestowed when not in use.

Seat belt and buckles must be stowedbefore you fold the seat back. (See “Fold–down rear seats” in this section.)

If your seat belt cannot be fastened se-curely because it is not long enough, apersonalized seat belt extender is avail-able from your Toyota dealer free ofcharge.

Please contact your local Toyota dealer sothat the dealer can order the proper re-quired length for the extender. Bring theheaviest coat you expect to wear for prop-er measurement and selection of length.Additional ordering information is availableat your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

When using the seat belt extender,observe the following. Failure to fol-low these instructions could result inless effectiveness of the seat belt re-straint system in case of vehicle acci-dent, increasing the chance of per-sonal injury.

� Never use the seat belt extender ifyou can fasten the seat belt withoutit.

� Remember that the extender pro-vided for you may not be safe whenused on a different vehicle, or foranother person or at a differentseating position than the one origi-nally intended for.

—Stowing rear seat belt andbuckles —Seat belt extender

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


To connect the extender to the seatbelt, insert the tab into the seat beltbuckle so that the “PRESS” signs onthe buckle–release buttons of the ex-tender and the seat belt are both facingoutward as shown.


When releasing the seat belt, press onthe buckle–release button on the extender,not on the seat belt. This helps preventdamage to the vehicle interior and extend-er itself.

When not in use, remove the extenderand store in the vehicle for future use.

CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the seat belt extender is nottwisted.



The driver and front passenger’s seatbelt pretensioners are designed to beactivated in response to a severe fron-tal impact.

When the airbag sensor detects the shockof a severe frontal impact, the front seatbelts are quickly drawn back in by theretractors so that the belts snugly restrainthe front seat occupants.

The front seat belt pretensioners are acti-vated even with no passenger in the frontseat.

Collisions occurring at certain speeds andangles may cause the seat belt preten-sioners and SRS airbags not to operateall together.

—Front seat beltpretensioners

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

50 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

This indicator comes on when the igni-tion key is turned to the “ON” position.It goes off after about 6 seconds. Thismeans the front seat belt pretensionersare operating properly.

This warning light system monitors theairbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-sors, front seat belt pretensioner assem-blies, warning light, inflators, interconnect-ing wiring and power sources. (For details,see “Service reminder indicators andwarning buzzers” in Section 1–5.)

The front seat belt pretensioner systemmainly consists of the following compo-nents and their locations are shown in theillustration.

1. Front airbag sensors

2. SRS warning light

3. Front seat belt pretensioner assemblies

4. Airbag sensor assembly

The front seat belt pretensioners are con-trolled by the airbag sensor assembly. Theairbag sensor assembly consists of a saf-ing sensor and airbag sensor.

When the front seat belt pretensioners areactivated, an operating noise may beheard and a small amount of smoke–likegas may be released. This gas is harm-less and does not indicate that a fire isoccurring.

Once the front seat belt pretensionershave been activated, the seat belt retrac-tors remain locked.

CAUTION

Do not modify, remove, strike or openthe front seat belt pretensioner as-semblies, airbag sensor or surround-ing area or wiring. Doing any ofthese may cause sudden operation ofthe front seat belt pretensioners ordisable the system, which could re-sult in death or serious injury.

Failure to follow these instructionscan result in death or serious inju-ries.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes caninterfere with proper operation of thefront seat belt pretensioners in somecases.

� Installation of electronic devicessuch as a mobile two–way radio,cassette tape player or compactdisc player

� Repairs on or near the front seatbelt retractor assemblies

� Modification of the suspension sys-tem

� Modification of the front end struc-ture

� Attachment of a grille guard (bullbar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,winches or any other equipment tothe front end

� Repairs made on or near the frontfenders, front end structure or con-sole

This front seat belt pretensioner systemhas a service reminder indicator to informthe driver of operating problems. If any ofthe following conditions occurs, thisindicates a malfunction of the airbags orpretensioners. Contact your Toyota dealeras soon as possible to service thevehicle.

� The light does not come on when theignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-tion, or the light remains on.

� The light comes on or flashes whiledriving.

� If either front seat belt does not retractor cannot be pulled out due to a mal-function or activation of the relevantfront seat belt pretensioner.

In the following cases, contact your Toyotadealer as soon as possible:

� The front part of the vehicle (shadedin the illustration) was involved in anaccident that was not severe enough tocause the front seat belt pretensionersto operate.

� Either front seat belt pretensioner as-sembly or surrounding area isscratched, cracked, or otherwise dam-aged.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

52 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-tem) airbags are designed to providefurther protection for the driver andfront passenger in addition to the pri-mary safety protection provided by theseat belts.

In response to a severe frontal impact,the SRS airbags work together with theseat belts to help reduce injury by inflat-ing. The SRS airbags help to reduce inju-ries mainly to the driver’s or front passen-ger’s head or chest caused by directlyhitting the steering wheel or dashboard.The front passenger airbag is activatedeven with no passenger in the front seat.

Be sure to wear your seat belt properly.

Your vehicle is equipped with a crashsensing and diagnostic module, which willrecord the use of the seat belt restraintsystem by the driver and the front pas-senger when the SRS airbags are inflated.

CAUTION

The driver or front passenger who istoo close to the steering wheel ordashboard during airbag deploymentcan be killed or seriously injured. To-yota strongly recommends that:

� The driver sit as far back as pos-sible from the steering wheel whilestill maintaining control of the ve-hicle.

� The front passenger sit as far backas possible from the dashboard.

� All vehicle occupants be properlyrestrained using the available seatbelts.

This indicator comes on when the igni-tion key is turned to the “ON” position.It goes off after about 6 seconds. Thismeans the SRS airbags are operatingproperly.

This warning light system monitors theairbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-sors, front seat belt pretensioner assem-blies, inflators, warning light, interconnect-ing wiring and power sources. (For details,see “Service reminder indicators andwarning buzzers” in Section 1–5.)

SRS driver airbag and frontpassenger airbag

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


The SRS airbag system is designed toactivate in response to a severe frontalimpact within the shaded area betweenthe arrows in the illustration.

The SRS airbags will deploy if the severi-ty of the impact is above the designedthreshold level, comparable to an approxi-mate 25 km/h (15 mph) collision whenimpacting straight into a fixed barrier thatdoes not move or deform.

If the severity of the impact is below theabove threshold level, the SRS airbagsmay not deploy.

However, this threshold velocity will beconsiderably higher if the vehicle strikesan object, such as a parked vehicle orsign pole, which can move or deform onimpact, or if it is involved in an underridecollision (e.g. a collision in which the noseof the vehicle “underrides”, or goes under,the bed of a truck, etc.).

It is possible that in some collisions at thelower zone of airbag sensor detection andactivation the SRS airbags and seat beltpretensioners will not operate all together.

For the safety of all occupants, alwayswear your seat belts properly.

Collision from the rear

Collision from the sideVehicle rollover

The SRS airbags are not designed toinflate if the vehicle is involved in aside or rear collision, if it rolls over, orif it is involved in a low–speed frontalcollision.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

54 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Hitting a curb,edge of pavementor hard material

Falling into orjumping over adeep hole

Landing hard or vehicle falling

The SRS airbags may deploy if a seri-ous impact occurs to the underside ofyour vehicle. Some examples are shownin the illustration.

The SRS airbag system consists mainly ofthe following components, and their loca-tions are shown in the illustration.

1. Front airbag sensors

2. SRS warning light

3. Airbag module for front passenger (airbag and inflator)

4. Airbag sensor assembly

5. Airbag module for driver (airbag and inflator)

The airbag sensor assembly consists of asafing sensor and airbag sensor.

In a severe frontal impact, the sensorsdetect deceleration and the system trig-gers the airbag inflators. Then a chemicalreaction in the inflators quickly fills theairbags with non–toxic gas to help restrainthe forward motion of the occupants.

When the airbags inflate, they produce afairly loud noise and release some smokeand residue along with non–toxic gas. Thisdoes not indicate a fire. This gas is nor-mally harmless; however, for those whohave delicate skin, it may cause a minorskin irritation. Be sure to wash off anyresidue as soon as possible to preventany potential skin irritation.

Deployment of the airbags happens in afraction of a second, so the airbags mustinflate with considerable force. While thesystem is designed to reduce serious inju-ries, it may also cause minor burns orabrasions and swelling.

Parts of the airbag module (steering wheelhub, dashboard) may be hot for severalminutes, but the airbags themselves willnot be hot. The airbags are designed toinflate only once.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


A crash severe enough to inflate the air-bags may break the windshield as thevehicle buckles. In vehicles with a pas-senger airbag the windshield may also bedamaged by absorbing some of the forceof the inflating airbag.

CAUTION

� The SRS airbag system is designedonly as a supplement to the prima-ry protection of the driver side andfront passenger side seat belt sys-tems. The front seat occupants canbe killed or seriously injured by theinflating airbags if they do not wearthe available seat belts properly.During sudden braking just beforea collision, an unrestrained driveror front passenger can move for-ward into direct contact with orclose proximity to the airbag whichmay then deploy during the colli-sion. To ensure maximum protectionin an accident, the driver and allpassengers in the vehicle mustwear their seat belts properly. Wear-ing a seat belt properly during anaccident reduces the chances ofdeath or serious injury or beingthrown out of the vehicle. Forinstructions and precautions con-cerning the seat belt system, see“Seat belts” in this section.

� Improperly seated and/or restrainedinfants and children can be killedor seriously injured by the deploy-ing airbag. An infant or child whois too small to use a seat beltshould be properly secured using achild restraint system. Toyotastrongly recommends that all in-fants and children be placed in therear seat of the vehicle and proper-ly restrained. The rear seat is thesafest for infants and children. Forinstructions concerning the installa-tion of a child restraint system, see“Child restraint” in this section.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

56 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� Never install a rear–facing child re-straint system on the front passen-ger seat because the force of therapid inflation of the front passen-ger airbag can cause death or seri-ous injury to the child.

Move seatfully back

� A forward–facing child restraint sys-tem should be allowed to beinstalled on the front passengerseat only when it is unavoidable.Always move the seat as far backas possible, because the force ofthe deploying front passenger air-bag could cause death or seriousinjury to the child. For instructionsconcerning the installation of achild restraint system, see “Childrestraint” in this section.

� Do not sit on the edge of the seator lean over the dashboard whenthe vehicle is in use. The airbagsinflate with considerable speed andforce; you may be killed or serious-ly injured. Sit up straight and wellback in the seat, and always useyour seat belt properly.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


� Do not allow a child to stand up,or to kneel on the front passengerseat. The airbag inflates with con-siderable speed and force; the childmay be killed or seriously injured.

� Do not hold a child on your lap orin your arms. Use a child restraintsystem in the rear seat. For instruc-tions concerning the installation ofa child restraint system, see “Childrestraint” in this section.

� Do not put objects or your pets onor in front of the dashboard orsteering wheel pad that houses theairbag system. They might restrictinflation or cause death or seriousinjury as they are projected rear-ward by the force of deploying air-bags. Likewise, the driver and frontpassenger should not hold things intheir arms or on their knees.

� Do not modify or remove any wir-ing. Do not modify, remove, strikeor open any components such asthe steering wheel pad, steeringwheel, column cover, front passen-ger airbag cover, front passengerairbag or airbag sensor assembly.Doing so may cause sudden SRSairbag inflation or disable the sys-tem, which could result in death orserious injury.

Failure to follow these instructionscan result in death or serious injury.Consult your Toyota dealer about anyrepairs and modifications.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

58 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes can in-terfere with proper operation of theSRS airbag system in some cases.

� Installation of electronic devicessuch as a mobile two–way radio,cassette tape player or compactdisc player

� Modification of the suspension sys-tem

� Modification of the front end struc-ture

� Attachment of a grille guard (bullbar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,winches or any other equipment tothe front end

� Repairs made on or near the frontfenders, front end structure, con-sole, steering column, steeringwheel or dashboard near the frontpassenger airbag

This SRS airbag system has a servicereminder indicator to inform the driver ofoperating problems. If either of the follow-ing conditions occurs, this indicates a mal-function of the airbags. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible to ser-vice the vehicle.

� The light does not come on when theignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-tion, or the light remains on.

� The light comes on while driving.

In the following cases, contact your Toyotadealer as soon as possible:

� The SRS airbags have been inflated.

� The front of the vehicle (shaded in theillustration) was involved in an accidentthat was not severe enough to causethe SRS airbags to inflate.

� The pad section of the steering wheelor front passenger airbag cover(shaded in the illustration) is scratched,cracked, or otherwise damaged.

NOTICE

Do not disconnect the battery cablesbefore contacting your Toyota dealer.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


Toyota strongly urges the use of childrestraint systems for children smallenough to use them.

The laws of all fifty states in the U.S.A.and Canada now require the use of achild restraint system.

Your vehicle conforms to SAE J1819.

If a child is too large for a child restraintsystem, the child should sit in the rearseat and must be restrained using thevehicle’s seat belt. See “Seat belts” fordetails.

CAUTION

� For effective protection in automo-bile accidents and sudden stops, achild must be properly restrained,using a seat belt or child restraintsystem depending on the age andsize of the child. Holding a child inyour arms is not a substitute for achild restraint system. In an acci-dent, the child can be crushedagainst the windshield, or betweenyou and the vehicle’s interior.

� Toyota strongly urges use of aproper child restraint system whichconforms to the size of the child,and is put on the rear seat. Accord-ing to accident statistics, the childis safer when properly restrained inthe rear seat than in the front seat.

� Never install a rear–facing child re-straint system on the front seat. Inthe event of an accident, the forceof the rapid inflation of the airbagcan cause death or serious injury ifa rear–facing child restraint systemis installed on the front seat.

� Unless it is unavoidable, do notinstall a forward–facing child re-straint system on the front seat.

� A forward–facing child restraint sys-tem should be allowed to beinstalled on the front seat onlywhen it is unavoidable. Alwaysmove the seat as far back as pos-sible, because the force of the de-ploying airbag could cause death orserious injury to the child.

� Make sure that you have compliedwith all installation instructions pro-vided by the child restraintmanufacturer and that the system isproperly secured.

Child restraint——Child restraint precautions

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

60 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

A child restraint system for a smallchild or baby must itself be properlyrestrained on the seat with either thelap belt or the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt. You must carefully con-sult the manufacturer’s instructionswhich accompany the child restraintsystem.

To provide proper restraint, use a childrestraint system following the manufactur-er’s instructions about the appropriate ageand size of the child for the child restraintsystem.

Install the child restraint system correctlyfollowing the instructions provided by itsmanufacturer of the system. Generaldirections are also provided under the fol-lowing illustrations.

The child restraint system should beinstalled on the rear seat. According toaccident statistics, the child is safer whenproperly restrained in the rear seat thanin the front seat.

CAUTION

� Never install a rear–facing child re-straint system on the front seat. Inthe event of an accident, the forceof the rapid inflation of the airbagcan cause death or serious injury ifa rear–facing child restraint systemis installed on the front seat.

� Unless it is unavoidable, do notinstall a forward–facing child re-straint system on the front seat.

� A forward–facing child restraint sys-tem should be allowed to beinstalled on the front seat onlywhen it is unavoidable. Alwaysmove the seat as far back as pos-sible, because the force of the de-ploying airbag could cause death orserious injury to the child.

� After installing the child restraintsystem, make sure it is secured inplace following the manufacturer’sinstructions. If it is not restrainedsecurely, it may cause death or se-rious injury to the child in theevent of a sudden stop or accident.

When not using the child restraint system,keep it secured with the seat belt or placeit somewhere other than the passengercompartment. This will prevent it from in-juring passengers in the event of a sud-den stop or accident.

—Child restraint system

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


Child restraint systems are classified intothe following 3 types depending on thechild’s age and size.

(A) Infant seat(B) Convertible seat(C) Booster seat

Install the child restraint system followingthe instructions provided by its manufac-turer.

(A) Infant seat

(B) Convertible seat

(C) Booster seat

—Types of child restraintsystem

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

62 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION

An infant seat is used in rear–facingposition only.

CAUTION

� Do not install a rear–facing childrestraint system on the rear seat ifit interferes with the lock mecha-nism of the front seats. This cancause death or serious injury to thechild and front passenger in caseof sudden braking or a co llision.

� If the driver’s seat position doesnot allow sufficient space for safeinstallation, install the child re-straint system at another position.

1. Run the center lap belt through oraround the infant seat following theinstructions provided by its manufactur-er and insert the tab into the buckletaking care not to twist the lap belt.

—Installation with 2–pointtype seat belt

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the lap belt is not twisted.


� If the seat belt does not functionnormally, it cannot protect yourchild from injury. Contact yourToyota dealer immediately. Do notuse the child restraint seat until theseat belt is fixed.

2. While pressing the infant seat firmlyagainst the seat cushion and seatback,tighten the lap belt by pulling its freeend to hold the infant seat securely.

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint sys-tem in different directions to be sureit is secure. Follow all the installationinstructions provided by its manufac-turer.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

64 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

3. To remove the infant seat, press thebuckle–release button.

(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION

A convertible seat is used in forward–facing or rear–facing position depend-ing on the child’s age and size. Wheninstalling, follow the manufacturer’sinstructions about the applicable child’sage and size as well as direction forinstalling of the child restraint system.

CAUTION


� If the driver’s seat position doesnot allow sufficient space for safeinstallation, install the child re-straint system at another position.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


1. Run the center lap belt through oraround the convertible seat followingthe instructions provided by itsmanufacturer and insert the tab intothe buckle taking care not to twist thelap belt.

CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the lap belt is not twisted.



2. While pressing the convertible seatfirmly against the seat cushion andseatback, tighten the lap belt by pullingits free end to hold the convertible seatsecurely.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

66 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

CAUTION


3. To remove the convertible seat, pressthe buckle–release button.

(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION

An infant seat is used in rear–facingposition only.

—Installation with 3–pointtype seat belt

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


CAUTION



� If the driver’s seat position doesnot allow sufficient space for safeinstallation, do not install the childrestraint system on the left seat.

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt throughor around the infant seat following theinstructions provided by its manufactur-er and insert the tab into the buckletaking care not to twist the belt. Keepthe lap portion of the belt tight.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

68 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the lap and shoulder portionsof the belt are not twisted.



2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put itin the lock mode. When the belt isthen retracted even slightly, it cannotbe extended.

To hold the infant seat securely, makesure the belt is in the lock mode beforeletting the belt retract.

3. While pressing the infant seat firmlyagainst the seat cushion and seatback,let the shoulder belt retract as far asit will go to hold the infant seat secure-ly.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


CAUTION


4. To remove the infant seat, press thebuckle–release button and allow thebelt to retract completely. The belt willmove freely again and be ready towork for an adult or older child passen-ger.

(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION

A convertible seat is used in forward–facing and rear–facing position depend-ing on the child’s age and size. Wheninstalling, follow the manufacturer’s in-structions about the applicable child’sage and size as well as directions forinstalling a child restraint system.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

70 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

CAUTION


Move seatfully back

� A forward–facing child restraint sys-tem should be allowed to beinstalled on the front passengerseat only when it is unavoidable.Always move the seat as far backas possible, because the force ofthe deploying front passenger air-bag could cause death or seriousinjury to the child.


� If the driver’s seat position doesnot allow sufficient space for safeinstallation, do not install the childrestraint system on the left seat.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


1. Run the lap and shoulder belt throughor around the convertible seat followingthe instructions provided by itsmanufacturer and insert the tab intothe buckle taking care not to twist thebelt. Keep the lap portion of the belttight.

CAUTION




2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put itin the lock mode. When the belt isthen retracted slightly, it cannot be ex-tended.

To hold the convertible seat securely,make sure the belt is in the lock modebefore letting the belt retract.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

72 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

3. While pressing the convertible seatfirmly against the seat cushion andseatback, let the shoulder belt retractas far as it will go to hold the convert-ible seat securely.

CAUTION


4. To remove the convertible seat, pressthe buckle–release button and allow thebelt to retract completely. The belt willmove freely again and be ready towork for an adult or older child passen-ger.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


(C) BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION

A booster seat is used in forward–fac-ing position only.

Move seatfully back

CAUTION

A forward–facing child restraint sys-tem should be allowed to be installedon the front passenger seat onlywhen it is unavoidable. Always movethe seat as far back as possible, be-cause the force of the deploying frontpassenger airbag could cause deathor serious injury to the child.

1. Sit the child on a booster seat. Runthe lap and shoulder belt through oraround the booster seat and child fol-lowing the instructions provided by itsmanufacturer and insert the tab intothe buckle taking care not to twist thebelt.

Make sure the shoulder belt is correctlyacross the child’s shoulder and that thelap belt is positioned as low as possibleon child’s hips. See “Seat belts” for de-tails.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

74 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

CAUTION

� Always make sure the shoulder beltis positioned across the center ofchild’s shoulder. The belt should bekept away from child’s neck, butnot falling off child’s s houlder. Fail-ure to do so could reduce theamount of protection in an accidentand cause serious injuries in a col-lision.

� Both high–positioned lap belts andloose–fitting belts could cause seri-ous injuries due to sliding underthe lap belt during a collision orother unintended result. Keep thelap belt positioned as low on achild’s hips as possible.

� For child’s safety, do not place theshoulder belt under child’s arm.


� Do not insert coins, clips, etc. inthe buckle as this may prevent yourchild from properly latching the taband buckle.


2. To remove the child restraint system,press the buckle–release button and al-low the belt to retract.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


Outside position

Center position

Follow the procedure below for a childrestraint system that requires the useof a top strap.

Anchor brackets

Symbol

Use the anchor bracket on the back of therear seatback to attach the top strap.

Anchor brackets are installed for eachrear seating position.

This symbol indicates the location of userready tether anchorage.

—Using a top strap

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

76 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

TO USE OUTSIDE ANCHOR BRACKET:

1. Remove the head restraint.

2. Open the anchor bracket cover withthe symbol mark shown in the il-lustration.

3. Fix the child restraint system withthe seat belt.

Latch the hook onto the anchorbracket and tighten the top strap.

For instructions to install the child re-straint system, see “Child restraint” in thissection.

CAUTION

Make sure the top strap is securelylatched, and check that the child re-straint system is secure by pushingand pulling it in different directions.Follow all the installation instructionsprovided by its manufacturer.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


4. Replace the head restraint. Be sure to close all covers when the an-chor bracket is not in use.

TO USE CENTER ANCHOR BRACKET:

Fix the child restraint system with theseat belt. Run the top strap throughbetween both seatbacks.

Latch the hook onto the anchor bracketand tighten the top strap.

For instructions to install the child re-straint system, see “Child restraint” in thissection.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

78 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

CAUTION

� When you use the center anchorbracket, make sure the top strapruns through between both seat-backs and tighten it. The top strapon seatback could cause death orserious injury due to abnormalmoving of the child restraint systemin case of sudden braking or a col-lision.

� Make sure the top strap is securelylatched, and check that the childrestraint system is secure by push-ing and pulling it in different direc-tions. Follow all the installation in-structions provided by its manufac-turer.

To change the steering wheel angle,hold the steering wheel, pull the lockrelease lever toward you, tilt the steer-ing wheel to the desired angle and re-turn the lever to its original position.

When the steering wheel is in a low posi-tion, it will spring up as you release thelock release lever.

CAUTION

� Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile the vehicle is moving. It maycause the driver to mishandle thevehicle and an accident may occurresulting in death or serious inju-ries.

� After adjusting the steering wheel,try moving it up and down to makesure it is locked in position.

Tilt steering wheel

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


Adjust the mirror so that you can seethe side of your vehicle in the mirror.

Be careful when judging the size or dis-tance of any object seen in the outsiderear view mirror on the passenger’s side.It is a convex mirror with a curved sur-face. Any object seen in a convex mirrorwill look smaller and farther away thanwhen seen in a flat mirror.

On some models, when you push theback window defogger switch, the heaterpanels in the outside rear view mirrors willquickly clear the surface. To turn on theback window defogger, see “Back windowand outside rear view mirror defoggers” inSection 1–4.

CAUTION

� Do not adjust the mirror while thevehicle is moving. It may cause thedriver to mishandle the vehicle andan accident may occur resulting indeath or serious injuries.

� On some models, since the mirrorsurfaces can get hot, keep yourhands off them when the defoggerswitch is on.

With power windows (door armrest)

Without power windows (instrument panel)

Outside rear view mirrors——Power Rear view mirrorcontrol

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

80 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

To adjust a mirror, use the switches.

1. Master switch—To select the mirror tobe adjustedPlace the switch at “L” (left) or “R”(right).

2. Control switch—To move the mir-ror Push the switch in the desireddirection.

Mirror can be adjusted when key is in the“ACC” or “ON” position.

NOTICE

If ice should jam the mirror, do notoperate the control or scrape the mir-ror face. Use a spray de–icer to freethe mirror.

The rear view mirrors can be foldedbackward for parking in restrictedareas.

To fold the rear view mirror, push back-ward.

CAUTION

Do not drive with the mirrors foldedbackward. Both the driver and pas-senger side rear view mirrors mustbe extended and properly adjustedbefore driving.

Adjust the mirror so that you can justsee the rear of your vehicle in the mir-ror.

To reduce glare from the headlights ofthe vehicle behind you during nightdriving, operate the lever on the loweredge of the mirror.

Daylight driving—Lever at position 1

The reflection in the mirror has greaterclarity at this position.

Night driving—Lever at position 2

Remember that by reducing glare you alsolose some rear view clarity.

—Folding rear view mirrorsAnti–glare inside rear viewmirror

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while thevehicle is moving. It may cause thedriver to mishandle the vehicle andan accident may occur resulting indeath or serious injuries.

To block out glare, move the sun visor.

To block out glare from the front—Swingdown the sun visor (position 1).

To block out glare from the side—Swingdown the sun visor, remove it from thehook and swing it to the lateral side (posi-tion 2).

If glare comes from obliquely behind you,extend the plate at the end of the visor(to position 3).

CAUTION

Do not extend the plate at the end ofthe sun visor when the visor is in theposition 1. It can cover the anti–glareinside rear view mirror and obstructthe rear view.

Sun visors—

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

82 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Type A

Type B

To use the vanity mirrors, swing downthe sun visor and open the cover.

Type B only—The vanity light comes onwhen you open the cover.

—Vanity mirrors

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSLights, Wipers and DefoggerHeadlights and turn signals 84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency flashers 85. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instrument panel light control 86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front fog lights 86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interior light 86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Personal lights 87. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Luggage compartment light 87. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ignition switch light 88. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windshield wipers and washer 88. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Back window wiper and washer 89. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Back window and outside rear view mirror defoggers 90. . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 4

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

84 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

HEADLIGHTS

To turn on the following lights: Twistthe headlight/turn signal lever knob.

Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate,side marker and instrument panel lights

Position 2—Headlights and all of theabove

The lights automatically turn off when thedriver’s door is opened with the ignitionswitch turned off. To turn them on again,turn the key to the “ON” position or actu-ate the headlight switch. If you are goingto park for over one week, make sure theheadlight switch is off.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights onfor a long period when the engine isnot running.

Daytime running light system (on somemodels)

The headlights turn on when the parkingbrake is released with the engine started,even with the light switch in the “OFF”position. They will not go off until theignition switch is turned off.

To turn on the other exterior lights andinstrument panel lights, twist the knob tothe position 1.

Under the daytime running light system,the headlights turn on at reduced intensity.Twist the knob to the position 2 to turnto full intensity for driving at night.

High–Low beams— For high beams, turnthe headlights on and push the lever awayfrom you (position 1). Pull the lever to-ward you (position 2) for low beams.

The headlight high beam indicator light(blue light) on the instrument panel willtell you that the high beams are on.

Flashing the high beam headlights(position 3)—Pull the lever all the wayback. The high beam headlights turn offwhen you release the lever.

You can flash the high beam headlightswith the knob turned to “OFF”.

Headlights and turn signals

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


TURN SIGNALS

To signal a turn, push the headlight/turn signal lever up or down to position1.


The lever automatically returns after youmake a turn, but you may have to returnit by hand after you change lanes.

To signal a lane change, move the leverup or down to the pressure point (position2) and hold it.

If the turn signal indicator lights (greenlights) on the instrument panel flash fasterthan normal, a front or rear turn signalbulb is burned out.

To turn on the emergency flashers,push the switch.

All the turn signal lights will flash. To turnthem off, push the switch once again.

Turn on the emergency flashers to warnother drivers if your vehicle must bestopped where it might be a traffic hazard.

Always pull as far off the road as pos-sible.

The turn signal light switch will not workwhen the emergency flashers are operat-ing.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the switch onlonger than necessary when the en-gine is not running.

Emergency flashers

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

86 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

To adjust the brightness of the instru-ment panel lights, turn the knob.

To turn on the front fog lights, twistthe band of the headlight and turn sig-nal switch lever. They will come ononly when the headlights are on lowbeam.

To turn on the interior light, slide theswitch.

The interior light switch has the followingpositions:

“ON”—Keeps the light on all the time.

“OFF”—Turns the light off.

“DOOR”—Turns the light on when any ofthe side door is opened. The light goesoff when all the side doors are closed.

Instrument panel light control Front fog lights Interior light

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


To turn on the personal light, push theswitch on 1 side. To turn the light off,push the switch on 2 side.

To turn on the personal light, push theswitch. To turn the lights off, push theswitch once again.

To turn on the luggage compartmentlight, slide the switch.

The luggage compartment light switch hasthe following positions:

“ON”—Keeps the light on all the time.

“OFF”—Turns the light off.

“DOOR”—Turns the light on when theback door is opened. The light goes offwhen the back door is closed.

Personal lights (with moon roof)

Personal lights (without moon roof) Luggage compartment light

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

88 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

For easy access to the ignition switch,the ignition switch light comes on whenthe driver’s door is opened.

The light remains on for some time afterdriver’s door is closed.

To turn on the windshield wipers, movethe lever to the desired setting.


Lever position Speed setting

Position 1 Intermittent

Position 2 Slow

Position 3 Fast

The “INT TIME” band lets you adjust thewiping time interval when the wiper leveris in the intermittent position (position 1).Twist the band upward to increase thetime between sweeps, and downward todecrease it.

To squirt washer fluid, pull the levertoward you.

If the windshield wipers are off, they willoperate a couple of times after the washersquirts.

For instructions on adding washer fluid,see “Adding washer fluid” in Section 7–3.

In freezing weather, warm the windshieldwith the defroster before using the washer.This will help prevent the washer fluidfrom freezing on your windshield, whichcan block your vision.

NOTICE

Do not operate the wipers if the wind-shield is dry. It may scratch theglass.

Ignition switch lightWindshield wipers and washer(intermittent type)

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


To turn on the windshield wipers, movethe lever to the desired setting.



Position 1 Slow

Position 2 Fast

For a single sweep of the windshield,push the lever up and release it.

To squirt washer fluid, pull the levertoward you.


In freezing weather, warm the windshieldwith the defroster before using the washer.This will help prevent the washer fluidfrom freezing on your windshield, whichcan block your vision.

NOTICE

Do not operate the wipers if the wind-shield is dry. It may scratch theglass.

To turn on the back window wiper, twistthe lever knob upward.



Position 1 Intermittent

Position 2 Normal

To squirt washer fluid on the back window,twist the knob upward or downward as faras it will go (position 3 or 4). The knobautomatically returns from these positionsafter you release it.


Windshield wipers and washer(mist type)

Back window wiper andwasher

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

90 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

NOTICE

Do not operate the back window wip-er if the back window is dry. It mayscratch the glass.

To defog or defrost the back window,push the switch with the back windowclosed.


The thin heater wires on the inside of theback window will quickly clear the surface.An indicator light will illuminate to indicatethe defogger is operating.

On some models, heater panels in theoutside rear view mirrors will also quicklyclear the surfaces.

Push the switch once again to turn thedefogger off.

The system will automatically shut off af-ter the defoggers have operated about 15minutes.

Make sure you turn the defoggers offwhen the surfaces are clear. Leaving thedefoggers on for a long time could causethe battery to discharge, especially duringstop–and–go driving. The defoggers arenot designed for drying rain water or formelting snow.

CAUTION

On some models, since the mirrorsurfaces can get hot, keep yourhands off them when the defoggerswitch is on.

NOTICE

When cleaning the inside of the backwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the heater wires or connec-tors.

Back window and outside rearview mirror defoggers

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSGauges, Meters and Service reminder indicatorsFuel gauge 92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine coolant temperature gauge 92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tachometer 93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Odometer and two trip meters 93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers 94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 5

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

92 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

The gauge works when the ignitionswitch is on and indicates the approxi-mate quantity of fuel remaining in thetank.

Nearly full—Needle at “F”Nearly empty—Needle at “E”

It is a good idea to keep the tank over1/4 full.

If the fuel level approaches “E” or the lowfuel level warning light comes on, fill thefuel tank as soon as possible.

On inclines or curves, due to the move-ment of fuel in the tank, the fuel gaugeneedle may fluctuate or the low fuel levelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual.

If the fuel tank is completely empty, themalfunction indicator lamp comes on. Fillthe fuel tank immediately.

The indicator lamp goes off after drivingseveral times. If the indicator lamp doesnot go off, contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible.

The gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature when the ignition switch ison. The engine operating temperaturewill vary with changes in weather andengine load.

If the needle moves into the red zone,your engine is too hot. If your vehicleoverheats, stop your vehicle and allow theengine to cool.

Your vehicle may overheat during severeoperating conditions, such as:

� Driving up a long hill on a hot day.

� Reducing speed or stopping after highspeed driving.

Fuel gaugeEngine coolant temperaturegauge

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


� Idling for a long period with the airconditioning on in stop–and–go traffic.

� Towing a trailer.

NOTICE

� Do not remove the thermostat inthe engine cooling system as thismay cause the engine to overheat.The thermostat is designed to con-trol the flow of coolant to keep thetemperature of the engine withinthe specified operating range.

� Do not continue driving with anoverheated engine. See “If your ve-hicle overheats” in Section 4.

The tachometer indicates engine speedin thousands of rpm (revolutions perminute). Use it while driving to selectcorrect shift points and to prevent en-gine lugging and over–revving.

Driving with the engine running too fastcauses excessive engine wear and poorfuel economy. Remember, in most casesthe slower the engine speed, the greaterthe fuel economy.

NOTICE

Do not let the indicator needle getinto the red zone. This may causesevere engine damage.

This meter displays the odometer andtwo trip meters.

1. Odometer—Shows the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

2. Two trip meters—Show two differentdistances independently driven sincethe last time each trip meter was setto zero.

You can use one trip meter to calculatethe fuel economy and the other tomeasure the distance on each trip. Alltrip meter data is cancelled if the elec-trical power source is disconnected.

3. Trip meter reset knob—Resets the twotrip meters to zero, and also changethe meter display.

Tachometer Odometer and two trip meters

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

94 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

To change the meter display, quicklypush and release the knob. The meterdisplay changes in the order from theodometer to trip meter A to trip meterB, then back to the odometer eachtime you push.

To reset the trip meter A to zero, dis-play the meter A reading, then pushand hold the knob until the meter isset to zero. The same process can beapplied for resetting the trip meter B.

If the indicator orbuzzer comes on...

(a) If parking brake is

off, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

(b) Fasten driver’sseat belt.

(d) Stop and check.

(e) Stop and check.

(indicator and buzzer)

Do this.

(c) Fasten frontpassenger’s seatbelt.

(h) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer. If brake system warning light is also on, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

Do this.

or

(g) Fill up tank.

(f) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.

(i) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.


(j) Close all doors.

Service reminder indicatorsand warning buzzers

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


(m) Shift front drivecontrol lever out of“N”.

(n) Stop and check.

(o) Add washer fluid.

Do this.

(l) Remove key.Key reminderbuzzer

(k) Take vehicle toToyota dealer immediately.


(a) Brake System Warning Light andbuzzer

This light comes on in the following caseswhen the ignition key is in the “ON” posi-tion.

� When the parking brake is applied...

This light comes on for a few secondswhen the ignition key is turned to the“ON” position on even after the parkingbrake is released.

� When the brake fluid level is low...

CAUTION

It is dangerous to continue drivingnormally when the brake fluid level islow.

� When the hydraulic brake boosterfails...

If the hydraulic booster causes a problemresulting in poor braking performance, thewarning light comes on and buzzer soundscontinuously.

Have your vehicle checked at yourToyota dealer in the following cases:

� The light does not come on even if theparking brake is applied when the igni-tion key is in the “ON” position.

� The light does not come on even if theignition key is turned on with the park-ing brake released.

A warning light turning on briefly duringoperation does not indicate a problem.

CAUTION

If any of the following conditions oc-curs, immediately stop your vehicle ata safe place and contact your Toyotadealer.

� The light does not turn off evenafter the parking brake is releasedwhile the engine is running.

� The warning buzzer comes on to-gether with the warning light.

In either case, this can indicate thatthe brakes may not work properlyand your stopping distance will be-come longer. Depress the brakepedal firmly and bring the vehicleto an immediate stop.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

96 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� The brake system warning light re-mains on together with the “ABS”warning light.

In this case, not only the anti–lockbrake system will fail but also thevehicle will become extremely un-stable during braking.

Any of the following conditions may oc-cur, but do not indicate the malfunc-tion:

� The light may stay on for about 60seconds after the ignition key is turnedto the “ON” position. It is normal if itturns off after a while.

� Depressing the brake pedal repeatedlymay turn on the warning light andbuzzer. It is normal if the light turns offand the buzzer stops sounding after afew seconds.

� You may hear a small sound in theengine compartment after the engine isstarted or the brake pedal is depressedrepeatedly. This is a pump pulsatingsound of the brake system, and it isnot a malfunction.

(b) Driver’s Seat Belt Reminder Lightand Buzzer

This light and buzzer remind you tobuckle up the driver’s seat belt.

Once the ignition key is turned to “ON” or“START”, the reminder light flashes andbuzzer come on if the driver’s seat beltis not fastened. Unless the driver fastensthe belt, the light keeps on flashing andthe buzzer sounds for about 4 to 8 se-conds.

(c) Front Passenger’s Seat BeltReminder Light

This light reminds you to buckle up thefront passenger’s seat belt.

Once the ignition key is turned to “ON” or“START”, the reminder light flashes if apassenger sits in the front passenger seatand does not fasten the seat belt. Howev-er, if a front passenger uses an additionalseat cushion, the light may not flash evenwhen the seat belt is not buckled up.

If luggage load is placed on the frontpassenger seat, depending on its weightand how it is placed on the seat, built–insensors in the seat cushion may detectthe pressure, causing the reminder light tocome on.

(d) Discharge Warning Light

This light warns that the battery is beingdischarged.

If it comes on while you are driving, thereis a problem somewhere in the chargingsystem.

The engine ignition will continue to oper-ate, however, until the battery is dis-charged. Turn off the air conditioning,blower, radio, etc., and drive directly tothe nearest Toyota dealer or repair shop.

NOTICE

Do not continue driving if the enginedrive belt is broken or loose.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


(e) Low Engine Oil Pressure WarningLight

This light warns that the engine oil pres-sure is too low.

If it flickers or stays on while you aredriving, pull off the road to a safe placeand stop the engine immediately. Call aToyota dealer or qualified repair shop forassistance.

The light may occasionally flicker whenthe engine is idling or it may come onbriefly after a hard stop. There is nocause for concern if it then goes out whenthe engine is accelerated slightly.

The light may come on when the oil levelis extremely low. It is not designed toindicate low oil level, and the oil levelmust be checked using the level dipstick.

NOTICE

Do not drive the vehicle with thewarning light on—even for one block.It may ruin the engine.

(f) Malfunction Indicator Lamp

This lamp comes on when the ignitionkey is turned to the “ON” position andgoes off after the engine starts. Thismeans that the warning light system isoperating properly.

If the lamp remains on, or the lampcomes on while driving, first check thefollowings.

� Empty fuel tank

If the fuel tank is empty, refuel immedi-ately.

� Loose fuel tank cap

If the fuel tank cap is loose, securelytighten it.

These cases are temporary malfunctions.The malfunction indicator lamp will go offafter taking several driving trips.

If the lamp will not go off even after theseveral trips, contact your Toyota dealeras soon as possible.

If the fuel tank is not empty or the fueltank cap is not loose...

� There is a problem somewhere in theengine, emission control system, elec-tronic throttle control system, automatictransmission electrical system or warn-ing light system itself.

Contact your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible to service the vehicle.

If the engine speed does not increase withthe accelerator pedal depressed down toabout the middle position, there may bea problem somewhere in your electronicthrottle control system.

At this time, if you depress the accelera-tor pedal more firmly and slowly, you candrive your vehicle at low speeds. Haveyour vehicle checked by your Toyota deal-er as soon as possible.

Even if the abnormality of the electronicthrottle control system is corrected duringlow speed driving, the system may not berecovered until the engine is stopped andthe ignition key is turned to “ACC” or“LOCK” position.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

98 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Emissions Inspection and Maintenance(I/M) programs

Your vehicle may not pass a stateemission inspection if the malfunctionindicator lamp remains on. Contact yourToyota dealer to check your vehicle’semission control system and OBD(On–Board Diagnostics) system beforetaking your vehicle for the inspection.

For details, see “Emissions Inspection andMaintenance (I/M) programs” in Section 6.

(g) Low Fuel Level Warning Light

This light comes on when the fuel levelin the tank becomes nearly empty. Fill upthe tank as soon as possible.

On inclines or curves, due to the move-ment of fuel in the tank, the low fuel levelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual.

(h) “ABS” Warning Light

The light comes on when the ignition keyis turned to the “ON” position. If the anti–lock brake system and the brake assistsystem work properly, the light turns offafter a few seconds. Thereafter, if eitherof the systems malfunctions, the lightcomes on again.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti–lock brake system, the brake assistsystem, the traction control system (two–wheel drive vehicles), the active tractioncontrol system (four–wheel drive vehicles)and the vehicle skid control system do notoperate, but the brake system still oper-ates conventionally.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti–lock brake system does not operateso that the wheels could lock up duringa sudden braking or braking on slipperyroad surfaces.

If either of the following conditions oc-curs, this indicates a malfunction some-where in the parts monitored by thewarning light system. Contact your To-yota dealer as soon as possible to ser-vice the vehicle.

� The light does not come on when theignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-tion, or remains on.

� The light comes on while you are dri-ving.


CAUTION

If the “ABS” warning light remains ontogether with the brake system warn-ing light, immediately stop your ve-hicle at a safe place and contact yourToyota dealer.

In this case, not only the anti–lockbrake system will fail but also thevehicle will become extremely unsta-ble during braking.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


Either of the following conditions mayoccur, but do not indicate the malfunc-tion:


� Depressing the brake pedal repeatedlymay turn on the light. It is normal if itturns off after a few seconds.

(i) “VSC TRAC” Warning Light

The light warns that there is a problemsomewhere in the vehicle skid control sys-tem and traction control system (two–wheel drive models) or active traction con-trol system (four–wheel drive models).

The light will come on when the ignitionkey turned to “ON”, and will go off aftera few seconds.

The light may come on for 60 secondsafter the ignition key is turned to the “ON”position. It is normal if they go out aftera while.

Depressing the brake pedal repeatedlymay turn on the lights. It is normal if theygo out after a few seconds.

There is no problem when the “VSCTRAC” warning light comes on when thebrake actuator temperature becomes high.(For details, see “Traction control system”and “Active traction control” in Section1–6.)

If the light comes on while driving, thevehicle skid system and/or traction controlsystem (two–wheel drive models) or activetraction control system (four–wheel drivemodels) do not work. However, as conven-tional braking operates when applied,there is no problem to continue your driv-ing.

In the following cases, contact your Toyotadealer:

� The warning light does not come onafter the ignition key is turned to “ON”.

� The warning light remains on after theignition key is turned to “ON”.

� The warning light comes on while driv-ing.

(j) Open Door Warning Light

This light remains on until all the doorsand back door are completely closed.

(k) SRS Warning Light

This light will come on when the igni-tion key is turned to the “ON” position.After about 6 seconds, the light will gooff. This means the system of the air-bag and front seat belt pretensioner areoperating properly.

The warning light system monitors the air-bag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-sors, front seat belt pretensioner assem-blies, inflators, warning light,interconnecting wiring and power sources.

If either of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction somewhere inthe parts monitored by the warning lightsystem. Contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible to service the vehicle.

� The light does not come on when theignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-tion or remains on.

� The light comes on or flashes whiledriving.

(l) Key Reminder Buzzer

This buzzer reminds you to remove thekey when you open the driver’s door withthe ignition key in the “ACC” or “LOCK”position.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

100 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

(m) Unengaged “Park” WarningLight (four–wheel drive vehicles)

This light warns that the transmission“Park” mechanism is not engaged. If thefront drive control lever is in the “N” posi-tion while the selector lever is in the “P”position, the transmission will disengageand the wheels will not lock.

CAUTION

To restore the park function, shift thefront drive control lever out of “N”,or the vehicle can move.

(n) Automatic Transmission FluidTemperature Warning Light

This light warns that the automatic trans-mission fluid temperature is too high.

If this light comes on while you are driv-ing, slow down and pull off the road. Stopthe vehicle at a safe place and put theselector lever in “P”. With the engine id-ling, wait until the light goes off. If thelight goes off, you may start the vehicleagain. If the light does not go off, call aToyota dealer or qualified repair shop forassistance.

NOTICE

Continued driving with the warninglight on may damage the automatictransmission.

(o) Low Windshield Washer Fluid LevelWarning Light (Canada)

The light warns that the windshield washerfluid level is too low. Add washer fluid atyour earliest opportunity. (For instructions,see “Adding washer fluid” in Section 7–3.)

CHECKING SERVICE REMINDERINDICATORS (except the low fuel levelwarning light and low windshieldwasher fluid level warning light)

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Open one of the side doors or backdoor.The open door warning light shouldcome on.

3. Close the door.The open door warning light should gooff.

4. Turn the ignition key to “ON”, but donot start the engine.All the service reminder indicators ex-cept the open door warning light shouldcome on. The “ABS” and “VSC TRAC”warning lights, “TRAC OFF” (two–wheeldrive models) or “VSC OFF” (four–wheel drive models) indicator light andslip indicator light go off after a fewseconds. The SRS warning light goesoff after about 6 seconds.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1012002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

There may be the case that the “ABS”warning light (brake assist systemwarning light), “VSC TRAC” warninglight and “TRAC OFF” (two–wheel drivemodels) or “VSC OFF” (four–wheeldrive models) indicator light stay on forabout 60 seconds after the ignition keyis turned to the “ON” position. It isnormal if they go out after a while.

If any service reminder indicator or warn-ing buzzer does not function as describedabove, either the bulb is burned out or thecircuit is in need of repair. Have itchecked by your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

102 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1032002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSIgnition switch, Transmission and Parking brake

Ignition switch with steering lock 104. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Automatic transmission 105. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Four–wheel drive system 115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Traction control system 119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Active traction control system 122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Vehicle skid control system 124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Parking brake 126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cruise control 127. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 6

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

104 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

“START”—Starter motor on. The keywill return to the “ON” position whenreleased.

For starting tips, see Section 3.

“ON”—Engine on and all accessorieson.

This is the normal driving position.

“ACC”—Accessories such as the radiooperate, but the engine is off.

If you leave the key in the “ACC” or“LOCK” position and open the driver’sdoor, a buzzer will remind you to removethe key.

“LOCK”—Engine is off and the steeringwheel is locked. The key can be re-moved only at this position.

You must shift the selector lever into the“P” position before turning the key from“ACC” to the “LOCK” position.

Vehicles with engine immobiliser system—Once you remove the key, the engine im-mobiliser system is automatically set. (See“Engine immobiliser system” in Section1–2.)

When starting the engine, the key mayseem stuck at the “LOCK” position. Tofree it, first be sure the key is pushed allthe way in, and then rock the steeringwheel slightly while turning the key gently.

NOTICE

Do not leave the key in the “ON”position if the engine is not running.The battery will discharge and theignition could be damaged.

Ignition switch with steeringlock

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1052002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Your automatic transmission has a shiftlock system to minimize the possibility ofincorrect operation. This means you canonly shift out of “P” position when thebrake pedal is depressed (with the ignitionswitch in “ON” position and the lock re-lease button depressed).

(a) Selector lever

The shift position is also displayed on theinstrument cluster.

P: Parking, engine starting andkey removal

R: Reverse

N: Neutral

D: Normal driving (with overdrive on)

2: Stronger engine braking

L: Maximum engine braking

Automatic transmission�Two–wheel drive models

Lock release buttonTo prevent misshifting

With the brake pedal depressed, shift while holding the lock release button in. (The ignition switch must be in “ON” position.)

Shift while holding the lock release button in.

Shift normally.

Selector lever

Overdrive switch

Driving pattern selector button

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

106 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

(b) Overdrive switch

You can select either third gear (withoverdrive off) or fourth gear (with over-drive on) by pushing this switch.

To turn the overdrive off, push the switch.The “O/D OFF” indicator light should comeon. To turn the overdrive on again, pushthe switch again. The “O/D OFF” indicatorlight should go off.

Always drive your vehicle with the over-drive on for better fuel economy andquieter driving.

If the engine is turned off when the over-drive is off and restarted, the overdrivewill be on automatically.

Vehicles with cruise control—When thecruise control is being used, even if youdownshift the transmission by pushing andreleasing the overdrive switch, enginebraking will not be enabled because thecruise control is not cancelled.

For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,see “Cruise control” in this section.

(c) Normal driving

1. Start the engine as instructed in “Howto start the engine” in Section 3. Thetransmission must be in “P” or “N”.

2. With your foot holding down the brakepedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.

When the lever is in the “D” position, theautomatic transmission system will selectthe most suitable gear for running condi-tions such as normal cruising, hill climb-ing, hard towing, etc.

Always turn the overdrive on for betterfuel economy and quieter driving. If theengine coolant temperature is low, thetransmission will not shift into the over-drive gear even with the overdrive on.

CAUTION

Never put your foot on the accelera-tor pedal while shifting.

3. Release the parking brake and brakepedal. Depress the accelerator pedalslowly for smooth starting.

(d) Using engine braking

To use engine braking, you can downshiftthe transmission as follows:

� Push the overdrive switch. The “O/DOFF” indicator light will come on andthe transmission will downshift to thirdgear.

� Shift into the “2” position. The trans-mission will downshift to second gearwhen the vehicle speed drops down toor lower than 119 km/h (73 mph), andstronger engine braking will be en-abled.

� Shift into the “L” position. The trans-mission will downshift to first gearWhen the vehicle speed drops down toor lower than 58 km/h (36 mph), andmaximum engine braking will be en-abled.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1072002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)



CAUTION

Be careful when downshifting on aslippery surface. Abrupt shiftingcould cause the vehicle to spin orskid.

(e) Using “2” and “L” positions

The “2” and “L” positions are used forstrong engine braking as described pre-viously.

With the selector lever in “2” or “L”, youcan start the vehicle in motion as with thelever in “D”.

With the selector lever in “2”, the vehiclewill start in first gear and automaticallyshift to second gear.

With the selector lever in “L”, the trans-mission is engaged in first gear.

NOTICE

� Be careful not to over–rev the en-gine. Watch the tachometer to keepengine rpm from going into the redzone. The approximate maximum al-lowable speed for each position isgiven below for your reference:

“2” 120 km/h (74 mph). . . . . . . . . . . “L” 65 km/h (40 mph). . . . . . . . . . . .

� Do not continue hill climbing orhard towing for a long time in the“2” or “L” position. This may causesevere automatic transmission dam-age from overheating. To preventsuch damage, “D” position shouldbe used in hill climbing or hardtowing.

(f) Backing up

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.

2. With the brake pedal held down withyour foot, shift the selector lever to the“R” position.

NOTICE

Never shift into reverse while the ve-hicle is moving.

(g) Parking


2. Pull the parking brake lever up fully tosecurely apply the parking brake.

3. With the brake pedal pressed down,shift the selector lever to the “P” posi-tion.

CAUTION

Never attempt to move the selectorlever into “P” position under any cir-cumstances while the vehicle is mov-ing. Serious mechanical damage andloss of vehicle control may result.

(h) Good driving practice

� If the transmission repeatedly shifts upand down between third gear and over-drive when climbing a gentle slope, theoverdrive should be turned off. Be sureto turn the switch on immediately after-ward.

� When towing a trailer, in order to main-tain engine braking efficiency, do notuse overdrive.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

108 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

CAUTION

Always keep your foot on the brakepedal while stopped with the enginerunning. This prevents the vehiclefrom creeping.

NOTICE

Do not hold the vehicle on an up-grade with the accelerator pedal. Itcan cause the transmission to over-heat. Always use the brake pedal orparking brake.

(i) Rocking your vehicle if stuck

CAUTION

If your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then you mayattempt to rock the vehicle free bymoving it forward and backward. Donot attempt this procedure if peopleor objects are anywhere near the ve-hicle. During the rocking operationthe vehicle may suddenly move for-ward or backward as it becomes un-stuck, causing injury or damage tonearby people or objects.

NOTICE

If you rock your vehicle, observe thefollowing precautions to prevent dam-age to the transmission and otherparts.

� Do not depress the accelerator ped-al while shifting the selector leveror before the transmission is com-pletely shifted to forward or reversegear.

� Do not race the engine and avoidspinning the wheels.

� If your vehicle remains stuck afterrocking the vehicle several times,consider other ways such as tow-ing.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1092002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

(j) Driving in “PWR” (Power) mode

In the “PWR” mode, the transmission isshifted up and down at a higher vehiclespeed than in the “NORM” (Normal) modeand a more powerful acceleration isachieved. To set the “PWR” mode, pushin the driving pattern selector button. The“PWR” mode indicator light comes on.

For ordinary driving, Toyota recommendsusing the “NORM” mode to improve fueleconomy.

(k) If you cannot shift the selector le-ver out of “P” position

If you cannot shift the selector lever fromthe “P” position even though the brakepedal is depressed, use the shift lockoverride button. For instructions, see “Ifyou cannot shift automatic transmissionselector lever” in Section 4.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

110 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Your automatic transmission has a shiftlock system to minimize the possibility ofincorrect operation. This means you canonly shift out of “P” position when thebrake pedal is depressed (with the ignitionswitch in “ON” position and the lock re-lease button depressed).

(a) Selector lever

The shift position is also displayed on theinstrument cluster.

P: Parking, engine starting andkey removal

R: Reverse

N: Neutral

D: Normal driving (with overdrive on)

2: Stronger engine braking

L: Maximum engine braking

�Four–wheel drive models

Lock release buttonTo prevent misshifting

With the brake pedal depressed, shift while holding the lock release button in. (The ignition switch must be in “ON” position.)

Shift while holding the lock release button in.

Shift normally.

Selector lever

Overdrive switch

Driving pattern selector button

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1112002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

(b) Overdrive switch

You can select either third gear (withoverdrive off) or fourth gear (with over-drive on) by pushing this switch.

To turn the overdrive off, push the switch.The “O/D OFF” indicator light should comeon. To turn the overdrive on again, pushthe switch again. The “O/D OFF” indicatorlight should go off.

Always drive your vehicle with the over-drive on for better fuel economy andquieter driving.

If the engine is turned off when the over-drive is off and restarted, the overdrivewill be on automatically.



(c) Normal driving

1. Start the engine as instructed in “Howto start the engine” in Section 3. Thetransmission must be in “P” or “N”.

When the front drive control lever is in“L4” (low–speed position, four–wheeldrive), the driving pattern selector settinghas no effect on gear shift timing. (See“Four–wheel drive system” in this sectionfor information of the front drive controllever.)

2. With your foot holding down the brakepedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.

When the lever is in the “D” position, theautomatic transmission system will selectthe most suitable gear for running condi-tions such as normal cruising, hill climb-ing, hard towing, etc.

Always turn the overdrive on for betterfuel economy and quieter driving. If theengine coolant temperature is low or whenthe front drive control lever is in “L4”(low–speed position, four–wheel drive), thetransmission will not shift into the over-drive gear even with the overdrive on.(See “Four–wheel drive system” in thissection for information of the front drivecontrol lever.)

CAUTION

Never put your foot on the accelera-tor pedal while shifting.

3. Release the parking brake and brakepedal. Depress the accelerator pedalslowly for smooth starting.

(d) Using engine braking

To use engine braking, you can downshiftthe transmission as follows:

� Push the overdrive switch. The “O/DOFF” indicator light will come on andthe transmission will downshift to thirdgear.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

112 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� Shift into the “2” position. The trans-mission will downshift to second gearwhen the vehicle speed drops down toor lower than the following speed, andstronger engine braking will be en-abled.

Front drive control lever in “H”114 km/h (70 mph)

Front drive control lever in “L4”41 km/h (25 mph)

� Shift into the “L” position. The trans-mission will downshift to first gearwhen the vehicle speed drops down toor lower than the following speed, andmaximum engine braking will be en-abled.

Front drive control lever in “H”55 km/h (34 mph)

Front drive control lever in “L4”12 km/h (7 mph)



CAUTION

Be careful when downshifting on aslippery surface. Abrupt shiftingcould cause the vehicle to spin orskid.

(e) Using the “2” and “L”, positions

The “2” and “L” positions are used forstrong engine braking as described pre-viously.

With the selector lever in “2” or “L”, youcan start the vehicle in motion as with thelever in “D”.

With the selector lever in “2”, the vehiclewill start in first gear and automaticallyshift to second gear.

With the selector lever in “L”, the trans-mission is engaged in first gear.

NOTICE

� Be careful not to over–rev the en-gine. Watch the tachometer to keepengine rpm from going into the redzone. The approximate maximum al-lowable speed for each position isgiven above for your reference:

Front drive control lever in “H”

“2” 118 km/h (73 mph). . . . . . . . . . . “L” 64 km/h (40 mph). . . . . . . . . . . .

Front drive control lever in “L4”

“2” 46 km/h (28 mph). . . . . . . . . . . . “L” 25 km/h (15 mph). . . . . . . . . . . .

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1132002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� Do not continue hill climbing orhard towing for a long time in the“2” or “L” position. This may causesevere automatic transmission dam-age from overheating. To preventsuch damage, “D” position shouldbe used in hill climbing or hardtowing.

(f) Backing up


2. With the brake pedal held down withyour foot, shift the selector lever to the“R” position.

NOTICE

Never shift into reverse while the ve-hicle is moving.

(g) Parking


2. Pull the parking brake lever fully tosecurely apply the parking brake.

3. With the brake pedal pressed down,shift the selector lever to the “P” posi-tion.

CAUTION

Never attempt to move the selectorlever into “P” position under any cir-cumstances while the vehicle is mov-ing. Serious mechanical damage andloss of vehicle control may result.

(h) Good driving practice

� If the transmission repeatedly shifts upand down between third gear and over-drive when climbing a gentle slope, theoverdrive should be turned off. Be sureto turn the switch on immediately after-ward.

� When towing a trailer, in order to main-tain engine braking efficiency, do notuse overdrive.

CAUTION

Always keep your foot on the brakepedal while stopped with the enginerunning. This prevents the vehiclefrom creeping.

NOTICE

Do not hold the vehicle on an up-grade with the accelerator pedal. Itcan cause the transmission to over-heat. Always use the brake pedal orparking brake.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

114 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

(i) Rocking your vehicle if stuck

CAUTION

If your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then you mayattempt to rock the vehicle free bymoving it forward and backward. Donot attempt this procedure if peopleor objects are anywhere near the ve-hicle. During the rocking operationthe vehicle may suddenly move for-ward or backward as it becomes un-stuck, causing injury or damage tonearby people or objects.

NOTICE

If you rock your vehicle, observe thefollowing precautions to prevent dam-age to the transmission and otherparts.

� Do not depress the accelerator ped-al while shifting the selector leveror before the transmission is com-pletely shifted to forward or reversegear.

� Do not race the engine and avoidspinning the wheels.

� If your vehicle remains stuck afterrocking the vehicle several times,consider other ways such as tow-ing.

(j) Driving in “PWR” (Power) mode

In the “PWR” mode, the transmission isshifted up and down at a higher vehiclespeed than in the “NORM”(Normal) modeand a more powerful acceleration isachieved. To set the “PWR” mode, pushin the driving pattern selector button. The“PWR” mode indicator light comes on.

For ordinary driving, Toyota recommendsusing the “NORM” mode to improve fueleconomy.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1152002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

(k) If you cannot shift the selector le-ver out of “P” position

If you cannot shift the selector lever fromthe “P” position even though the brakepedal is depressed, use the shift lockoverride lever. For instructions, see “If youcannot shift automatic transmission selec-tor lever” in Section 4.

“H” (2WD) MODE

“H” (4WD) MODE (center differential unlock), “L4” MODE (center differential unlock) or “N” MODE

“H” (4WD) MODE (center differential lock), “L4” MODE (center differential lock) or “N” MODE

Use the front drive control lever, “4WD”button and center differential lockswitch to select the transfer and centerdifferential modes.

The “H” and “L4” position of the frontdrive control lever provide either lock orunlock the mode of the center differential.

Use the center differential lock system ifyour wheels get stuck in a ditch, or whenyou are driving on a slippery or bumpysurface. When the center differential islocked, the vehicle skid control system isautomatically turned off and the center dif-ferential lock and “VSC OFF” indicatorlights come on because the function thatcontrols engine performance interfereswith the process of freeing your wheels.

NOTICE

As soon as the center differential lockswitch is turned on, the “VSC OFF”indicator light comes on. After thewheels are out of the ditch or off theslippery or bumpy surface, turn thecenter differential lock switch off.Make sure that the center differentiallock indicator light and “VSC OFF”indicator light turn off.

Four–wheel drive system—(a) Front drive control

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

116 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

“H” mode (high speed position, two–wheel drive): Front drive control lever at“H”, “4WD” button left outUse this for normal driving on dry hard–surfaced roads. This position gives greatereconomy, quietest ride and least wear andbetter vehicle control.

“H” mode (high speed position, four–wheel drive, center differential un-locked): Front drive control lever at “H”,“4WD” button push in, center differentiallock switch left outUse this for normal driving on all types ofroads, from dry hard–surfaced roads towet, icy or snow–covered roads. Thisposition provides greater traction thantwo–wheel drive.

“H” mode (high speed position, four–wheel drive, center differential locked):Lever at “H”, “4WD” button pushed in cen-ter differential lock switch pushed inUse this for greater traction when youexperience a loss of power, such aswheel slipping, in the center differentialunlock mode.

“N” mode (neutral position): Front drivecontrol lever at “N”No power is delivered to the wheels. Thevehicle must be stopped.

“L4” mode (low speed position, four–wheel drive, center differential un-locked): Front drive control lever at “L4”,center differential lock switch left outUse this for maximum power and traction.Use this for climbing steep hills, off–roaddriving, and hard pulling in sand or mud.

In this mode, the braking feeling that oc-curs when the wheels are negotiating asharp corner is further reduced than in the“L4” (low position, four–wheel drive, centerdifferential locked) mode.

The transmission automatically shifts upfrom second gear in this mode. This sys-tem is effective when starting your vehiclein sand, mud, ice or snow. (However, thetransmission system may shift up fromfirst gear when the vehicle starts tooquickly.)

“L4” mode (low speed position, four–wheel drive, center differential locked):Front drive control lever at “L4”, centerdifferential lock switch push inUse this for maximum power and traction.Use this for hard pulling in situations thevehicle cannot negotiate even in the “L4”(low speed position, four–wheel drive, cen-ter differential unlocked) mode. Also, usingthis mode when driving down steep off–road inclines will help contribute to in-creased vehicle stability.

Four–wheel drive and center differentiallock indicator lights show which transferand center differential mode the vehicle isin. Note that the differential is not stilllocked as long as the indicator light re-mains off.

When the shifting has not been completedwithin 3 seconds after the shifting opera-tion, the indicator flashes. If the indicatorlight does not go off when you push outthe center differential lock button, drivestraight ahead while accelerating or decel-erating, or drive in reverse. If the indicatorflashes even if doing so, contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible. Theremay be a trouble in the center differentiallock system.

See “(c) Shifting procedure” for further in-structions.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1172002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Advice for driving on slippery roads in“L4” (low speed position) mode

If you shift the front drive control lever to“L4” and the automatic transmission leverto “2” when you drive in steep off–roadareas, the output of the brake can becontrolled effectively by the active tractioncontrol system, which assists the driver tocontrol the driving power of 4 wheels.

Use the “L” position of the automatictransmission lever for maximum powerand traction when your wheels get stuckor when you drive down a steep incline.In the following cases, the output of thebrake can be controlled by the active trac-tion control system if the engine speed isunder 3000 rpm (normally engine speed isunder 3000 rpm when the wheels get un-stuck).

� The front drive control lever in the “L4”position and the automatic transmissionlever in the “L” position or the automat-ic transmission lever in the “D” or “2”with the transmission downshifting tothe first gear

� The front drive control lever in the “L4”position and the automatic transmissionlever in the “R” position

(As for the automatic transmission leverpositions, see “Automatic transmission” inthis section.)

The A.D.D. can be engaged or disen-gaged by the shifting operations des-cribed in “(c) Shifting procedure”.

You should drive in four–wheel drive forat least 16 km (10 miles) each month.This will assure that the front drive com-ponents are lubricated.

(b) A.D.D. (automaticdisconnecting differential)

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

118 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

SHIFTING BETWEEN “H” (2WD) MODEAND “H” (4WD) MODE

To shift from “H” (2WD) mode to “H”(4WD) mode, reduce your speed to lessthan 100 km/h (62 mph) and push in the“4WD” button.

If the indicator light flashes when youpush in the “4WD” button, drive straightahead while accelerating or decelerating.

If the indicator light flashes and the buzz-er sounds when you push in the “4WD”button, reduce your speed or stop thevehicle and reset.

CAUTION

Never push the “4WD” button ifwheels are slipping. Stop the slippingor spinning before shifting.

To shift from “H” (4WD) mode to “H”(2WD) mode, push the “4WD” buttonagain to turn it off.

This can be done at any vehicle speed.

If the indicator light flashes when youpush in the “4WD” button, drive straightahead while accelerating or decelerating,or drive in reverse.

SHIFTING BETWEEN “H” (4WD,UNLOCKED) AND “H” (4WD, LOCKED)

To shift from “H” (4WD, UNLOCKED) to“H” (4WD, LOCKED), push in the centerdifferential lock switch.

If the indicator light flashes when youpush in the center differential lock switch,drive straight ahead while accelerating ordecelerating.

If the indicator light flashes and the buzz-er sounds when you push in the centerdifferential lock switch, reduce your speedor stop the vehicle and reset.

CAUTION

Never push the center differentiallock button if wheels are slipping.Stop the slipping or spinning beforeshifting.

NOTICE

Do not drive on a dry paved surfacein “H” (4WD, LOCKED) mode. Thismay damage the locking mechanismand the drive system.

To shift from “H” (4WD, LOCKED) to“H” (4WD, UNLOCKED), left out the cen-ter differential lock switch.


If the indicator light flashes when you leftout the center differential lock switch,drive straight ahead while accelerating ordecelerating, or drive in reverse.

SHIFTING BETWEEN “H” AND “L4”

Stop the vehicle and put the transmissionin “N”. With your foot holding down thebrake pedal, move the front drive controllever.

If the indicator light flashes when youmove the front drive control lever, drivestraight ahead while accelerating or decel-erating.

CAUTION

Never move the front drive controllever if wheels are slipping. Stop theslipping or spinning before shifting.

(c) Shifting procedure

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1192002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

NOTICE

Do not drive on a dry paved surfacein “L4” (LOCKED) mode. This maydamage the locking mechanism andthe drive system.

SHIFTING BETWEEN “L4” (UNLOCKED)AND “L4” (LOCKED)

To shift between unlock and lockmodes in “L”, push the center differentiallock switch.


If the indicator light flashes when youpush the center differential lock switch,drive straight ahead while accelerating ordecelerating.

CAUTION

Never push the center differentiallock switch if wheels are slipping.Stop the slipping or spinning beforeshifting.

NOTICE

Do not drive on a dry paved surfacein “L4” (LOCKED) mode. This maydamage the locking mechanism andthe drive system.

The traction control system automatical-ly helps prevent the spinning of rearwheels when the vehicle is started oraccelerated on slippery road surfaces.

When the ignition key is turned to “ON”,the system automatically turns on.

CAUTION

Under certain slippery road condi-tions, full traction of the vehicle andpower to the rear wheels cannot bemaintained, even though the tractioncontrol system is in operation. Do notdrive the vehicle under any speed ormaneuvering conditions which maycause the vehicle to lose tractioncontrol. In situations where the roadsurface is covered with ice or snow,your vehicle should be fitted withsnow tires or tire chains. Alwaysdrive at an appropriate and cautiousspeed for the present road condi-tions.

Traction control system(two–wheel drive models)

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

120 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

NORMAL DRIVING MODE

Leave the system on during ordinarydriving so that it can operate whenneeded.

You may hear a sound in the enginecompartment for a few seconds when theengine is started or just after the vehicleis started. This means that the tractioncontrol system is in the self–check mode,but does not indicate a malfunction.

When the traction control system is oper-ating, the following conditions occur:

� The system controls the spinning of therear wheels. At this time, the slip indi-cator light blinks.

� You may feel vibration or noise in yourvehicle, caused by operation of thebrakes. This indicates the system isfunctioning properly.

The slip indicator light comes on for a fewseconds when the ignition key is turnedto “ON”. If the indicator light does notcome on when the ignition is turned on,contact your Toyota dealer.

TRACTION CONTROL OFF MODE

If your wheels get stuck in an ditchwhen you are driving on a severe offroad and sand, turn off the tractioncontrol system. This system that con-trols engine performance interferes withthe process of freeing front wheels.

To turn off: Push “TRAC OFF” switch.

The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will comeon.

To turn on: Push “TRAC OFF” switchonce again.

The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will go off.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1212002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

The traction control system will automati-cally go on, and the “TRAC OFF” indicatorlight will go off when you drive over 30km/h (19 mph) even if the “TRAC OFF”switch is pushed to cancel the tractioncontrol system.

“TRAC OFF” indicator light comes on fora few seconds when the ignition key isturned to “ON”. It will come on againwhen you push the “TRAC OFF” switch toturn off the system.


Depressing the brake pedal repeatedlymay turn on the “TRAC OFF” indicatorlight. It is normal if it goes out after a fewseconds.


� The indicator light does not come onwhen the ignition key is turned “ON”.

� The indicator light remains on after theignition is turned on.

� The indicator light comes on with thenormal driving mode while driving.

“VSC TRAC” warning light

This light warns that there is a problemsomewhere in the traction control systemor the vehicle skid control system.

The light will come on when the ignitionkey is turned to “ON”, and will go off afterabout a few seconds.


Depressing the brake pedal repeatedlymay turn on the light. It is normal if itgoes out after a few seconds.

The brake actuator temperature increasesduring continuous operation of the tractioncontrol system or vehicle skid control sys-tem such as on slippery roads. If thebrake actuator temperature becomes toohigh while the traction control system orvehicle skid control system is operating,a buzzer will start to sound intermittentlyto indicate that the traction control systemcan no longer operate. In this case, imme-diately stop your vehicle at a safe place.If the system continues to operate, thebuzzer sound changes from intermittent tocontinuous. (The continuous buzzersounds for about 3 seconds.) At the timethe “VSC TRAC” warning light will comeon and the traction control system tempo-rarily stops operating in order to protectthe brake actuator. (Although the tractioncontrol system does not operate, there isno problem to continue your driving.) Thesystem will be automatically restored aftera short time and the “VSC TRAC” warninglight goes out.

If the light comes on while driving, thesystem does not work. However, as con-ventional braking operates when applied,there is no problem to continue your driv-ing.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

122 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)





The active traction control system auto-matically helps prevent the spinning of4 wheels (four–wheel drive mode) orrear wheels (two–wheel drive mode)when the vehicle is started or acceler-ated on slippery road surfaces.

When the ignition key is turned to “ON”,the system automatically turns on.

CAUTION

Under certain slippery road condi-tions, full traction of the vehicle andpower to the 4 wheels (four–wheeldrive mode) or rear wheels (two–wheel drive mode) cannot be main-tained, even though the traction con-trol system is in operation. Do notdrive the vehicle under any speed ormaneuvering conditions which maycause the vehicle to lose tractioncontrol. In situations where the roadsurface is covered with ice or snow,your vehicle should be fitted withsnow tires or tire chains. Alwaysdrive at an appropriate and cautiousspeed for the present road condi-tions.

Leave the system on during the ordi-nary driving so that it can operatewhen needed.

You may hear a sound in the enginecompartment for a few seconds when theengine is started or just after the vehicleis started. This means that the activetraction control system is in the self–check mode, but does not indicate a mal-function.

When the active traction control system isoperating, the following conditions occur:

� The system controls the spinning of the4 wheels (four–wheel drive mode) orrear wheels (two–wheel drive mode). Atthis time, the slip indicator light blinks.

Active traction control system

(four–wheel drive models)

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1232002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� You may feel vibration or noise in yourvehicle, caused by operation of thebrakes. This indicates the system isfunctioning properly.



This light warns that there is a problemsomewhere in the active traction controlsystem or the vehicle skid control system.



Depressing the brake pedal repeatedlymay turn on the light. It is normal if itgoes out after a few seconds.

The brake actuator temperature increasesduring continuous operation of the activetraction control system or vehicle skidcontrol system such as on slippery roads.If the brake actuator temperature becomestoo high while the active traction controlsystem or vehicle skid control system isoperating, a buzzer will start to soundintermittently to indicate that the activetraction control system can no longer op-erate. In this case, immediately stop yourvehicle at a safe place. If the systemcontinues to operate, the buzzer soundchanges from intermittent to continuous.(The continuous buzzer sounds for about3 seconds.) At the time, the “VSC TRAC”warning light will come on and the activetraction control system temporarily stopsoperating in order to protect the brakeactuator. (Although the active traction con-trol system does not operate, there is noproblem to continue your driving.) Thesystem will be automatically restored aftera short time and the “VSC TRAC” warninglight goes out.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

124 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)






The vehicle skid control system helpsprovide integrated control of the sys-tems such as anti–lock brakes, tractioncontrol, engine control, etc. This sys-tem automatically controls the output ofthe brakes or engine to help preventthe vehicle from skidding when corner-ing on a slippery road surface or oper-ating steering wheel abruptly.

The vehicle skid control activates whenthe vehicle speed is more than 15 km/h(9 mph).

You may hear a sound in the enginecompartment for a few seconds when theengine is started or just after the vehicleis started. This means that the system isin the self–check mode but does not indi-cate a malfunction.

CAUTION

� Do not rely excessively on the ve-hicle skid control system. Even ifthe vehicle skid control system isoperating, you must always drivecarefully and attentively to avoidserious injury. Reckless driving willresult in an unexpected accident. Ifthe slip indicator light flashes,sounding an alarm sounds, specialcare should be taken while driving.

� Only use tires of specified size. Thesize, manufacture, brand and treadpattern for all 4 tires should be thesame. If you use the tires otherthan specified, or different type orsize, the vehicle skid control sys-tem may not function correctly.When replacing the tires or wheels,contact your Toyota dealer. (See“Checking and replacing tires” inSection 7–2.)

Vehicle skid control system

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1252002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

If the vehicle is going to skid during driv-ing, the slip indicator light blinks and analarm sounds intermittently. Special careshould be taken while driving.


Four–wheel drive models only—

This switch can function only when thefour–wheel drive system is selected.

If your wheels get stuck in a ditch orwhen you are driving on severe offroad and sand, turn off the vehicle skidcontrol system. This system that con-trols engine performance interferes withthe process of freeing your wheels.

To turn off: Push the center differentiallock switch.

The “VSC OFF” and the center differentiallock indicator light will come on.

To turn on: Push the center differentiallock switch once again.

The “VSC OFF” and the center differentiallock indicator light will go off.

“VSC OFF” indicator light comes on for afew seconds when the ignition key isturned to “ON”. It will come on againwhen you push the center differential lockswitch to turn off the system.


� The indicator light does not come onwhen the ignition key is turned “ON”.

� The indicator light remains on after theignition is turned on.

� The indicator light comes on when thesystem is on while driving.

NOTICE

Make sure that the center differentiallock indicator light goes off beforenormal driving.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

126 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)


These light warns that when there is aproblem somewhere in the vehicle skidcontrol system, traction control system(two–wheel drive models), active tractioncontrol system (four–wheel drive models).



Depressing the brake pedal repeatedlymay turn on the light. It is normal if theygo out after a few seconds.






When parking, firmly apply the parkingbrake to avoid inadvertent creeping.

To set: Pull up the lever. For better hold-ing power, first depress the brake pedaland hold it while setting the parkingbrake.To release: Pull up the lever slightly (1),press the lock release button (2), and low-er (3).

To remind you that the parking brake isset, the parking brake reminder light inthe instrument panel remains on until yourelease the parking brake.

Parking brake

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1272002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure the parkingbrake is fully released and the park-ing brake reminder light is off.

The cruise control allows you to cruisethe vehicle at a desired speed over 40km/h (25 mph) even with your foot offthe accelerator pedal.

Your cruising speed can be maintained upor down grades within the limits of engineperformance, although a slight speedchange may occur when driving up ordown the grades. On steeper hills, agreater speed change will occur so it isbetter to drive without the cruise control.

CAUTION

� To help maintain maximum controlof your vehicle, do not use thecruise control when driving inheavy or varying traffic, or on slip-pery (rainy, icy or snow–covered) orwinding roads.

� Avoid vehicle speed increases whendriving downhill. If the vehiclespeed is too fast in relation to thecruise control set speed, cancel thecruise control then downshift thetransmission to use engine brakingto slow down.

TURNING ON THE SYSTEM

To operate the cruise control, press the“CRUISE ON–OFF” button. This turns thesystem on. The indicator light in theinstrument panel shows that you can nowset the vehicle at a desired cruisingspeed. Another press will turn the systemcompletely off.

CAUTION

To avoid accidental cruise control en-gagement, keep the “CRUISE ON–OFF” switch off when not using thecruise control.

Cruise control

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

128 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

SETTING AT A DESIRED SPEED

The transmission must be in “D” beforeyou set the cruise control speed.

Bring your vehicle to the desired speed,push the lever down in the “SET/COAST”direction and release it. This sets the ve-hicle at that speed. If the speed is notsatisfactory, tap the lever up for a fasterspeed, or tap it down for a slower speed.Each tap changes the set speed by 1.6km/h (1.0 mph). You can now take yourfoot off the accelerator pedal.

If you need acceleration—for example,when passing—depress the acceleratorpedal enough for the vehicle to exceedthe set speed. When you release it, thevehicle will return to the speed set priorto the acceleration.

CANCELLING THE PRESET SPEED

You can cancel the preset speed by:

a. Pulling the lever in the “CANCEL” di-rection and releasing it.

b. Depressing the brake pedal.

If the vehicle speed falls below about 40km/h (25 mph), the preset speed will auto-matically cancel out.

If the vehicle speed drops 16 km/h (10mph) below the preset speed, the presetspeed will also automatically cancel out.

If the preset speed automatically cancelsout other than for the above cases, haveyour vehicle checked by your Toyota deal-er at the earliest opportunity.

RESETTING TO A FASTER SPEED

Push the lever up in the “RES/ACC” direc-tion and hold it. Release the lever whenthe desired speed is attained. While thelever is held up, the vehicle will graduallygain speed.

However, a faster way to reset is to ac-celerate the vehicle and then push thelever down in the “SET/COAST” direction.

RESETTING TO A SLOWER SPEED

Push the lever down in the “SET/COAST”direction and hold it. Release the leverwhen the desired speed is attained. Whilethe lever is held down, the vehicle speedwill gradually decrease.

However, a faster way to reset is to de-press the brake pedal and then push thelever down in the “SET/COAST” direction.

Even if you turn off the overdrive switch,with the cruise control on, engine brakingwill not be applied because the cruisecontrol is not cancelled. To decrease thevehicle speed, reset to a slower speedwith the cruise control lever or depressthe brake pedal. If you use the brakepedal, cruise control is cancelled.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1292002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

RESUMING THE PRESET SPEED

If the preset speed is cancelled by pullingthe control lever or by depressing thebrake pedal or clutch pedal, pushing thelever up in the “RES/ACC” direction willrestore the speed set prior to cancellation.

However, once the vehicle speed falls be-low about 40 km/h (25 mph), the presetspeed will not be resumed.

CRUISE CONTROL FAILURE WARNING

If the “CRUISE” indicator light in theinstrument cluster flashes when using thecruise control, press the “CRUISE ON–OFF” button to turn the system off andthen press it again to turn it on.

If any of the following conditions then oc-curs, there is some trouble in the cruisecontrol system.

� The indicator light does not come on.

� The indicator light flashes again.

� The indicator light goes out after itcomes on.

If this is the case, contact your Toyotadealer and have your vehicle inspected.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

130 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1312002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSCar audio systemReference 132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using your audio system 133. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Car audio system operating hints 156. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 7

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

132 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Type 1: AM·FM ETR radio/cassette player(with compact disc auto changer control-ler)

Type 2–1: AM·FM ETR radio/cassette play-er/compact disc player (with compact discauto changer controller)

Type 2–2: AM·FM ETR radio/cassette play-er/compact disc player (with compact discauto changer controller)

Reference

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1332002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Type 3: AM·FM ETR radio/cassette player/compact disc auto changer

This section describes some of the basicfeatures on Toyota audio systems. Someinformation may not pertain to your sys-tem.

Your audio system works when the ignitionkey is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF

Push “PWR·VOL” or “PWR/VOL” to turnthe audio system on and off.

Push “AM”, “FM1·2”, “TAPE” or “CD” toturn on that function without pushing“PWR·VOL” or “PWR/VOL”.

You can turn on each player by insertinga cassette tape or compact disc.

You can turn off each player by ejectingthe cassette tape or compact disc. If theaudio system was previously off, then theentire audio system will be turned offwhen you eject the cassette tape or com-pact disc. If the another function was pre-viously playing, it will come on again.

SWITCHING BETWEEN FUNCTIONS

Push “AM”, “FM1·2”, “TAPE” or “CD” if thesystem is already on but you want toswitch from one function to another.

TONE AND BALANCE

For details about your system’s tone andbalance controls, see the description ofyour own system.

Tone

How good an audio program sounds toyou is largely determined by the mix ofthe treble, midrange, and bass levels. Infact, different kinds of music and vocalprograms usually sound better with differ-ent mixes of treble, midrange, and bass.

Balance

A good balance of the left and right stereochannels and of the front and rear soundlevels is also important.

Keep in mind that if you are listening toa stereo recording or broadcast, changingthe right/left balance will increase the vol-ume of one group of sounds while de-creasing the volume of another.

Using your audio system——Some basics

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

134 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

YOUR RADIO ANTENNA

Your vehicle has a mast type antenna.

Detachable antenna

To remove an detachable antenna, careful-ly turn it counterclockwise.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the antenna,make sure it is removed before driv-ing your Toyota through an automaticcar wash.

Power antenna

To lower a power antenna, turn off theaudio system by pushing “PWR·VOL” or“PWR/VOL”, or turn the ignition key to“LOCK”.

The power antenna automatically retractswhen the radio mode is switched off toturn on the cassette tape player.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the antenna,make sure it is retracted before driv-ing your Toyota through an automaticcar wash.

YOUR CASSETTE PLAYER

When you insert a cassette, the exposedtape should be to the right.

NOTICE

Do not oil any part of the player anddo not insert anything other than cas-sette tapes into the slot, or the tapeplayer may be damaged.

YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER

When you insert a disc, gently push it inwith the label side up. (The player willautomatically eject a disc if the label sideis down.) The compact disc player willplay from track 1 through the end of thedisc. Then it will play from track 1 again.

NOTICE

Never try to disassemble or oil anypart of the compact disc player. Donot insert anything except a compactdisc into the slot.

The player is intended for use with 12 cm(4.7 in.) discs only.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1352002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Details of specific buttons, controls, andfeatures are described in the alphabeticallisting that follows.

—Controls and features�Type 1

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

136 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)

These buttons are used to preset andtune in radio stations.

To preset a station to a button: Tune inthe desired station (see “TUNE” knob or“SEEK” button). Push and hold down thebutton until you hear a beep—this will setthe station to the button. The button num-ber will appear on the display.

To tune in to a preset station: Push thebutton for the station you want. The but-ton number and station frequency will ap-pear on the display.

These systems can store one AM and twoFM stations for each button (The displaywill show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when youpush “AM” “FM1·2”).

(Eject button)

Push the cassette tape eject button toeject a cassette. Push the compact disceject button to eject a compact disc.

After you turn the ignition to “LOCK”, youwill be able to eject a cassette or disc butyou will not be able to reinsert it.

(Program)

Push “ ” to select the other side of acassette tape. The display indicates whichside is currently selected (“ ” indicates

top side, “ ” indicates bottom side).

Auto–reverse feature: After the cassetteplayer reaches the end of a tape side, itautomatically reverses and begins to playthe other side. This is true whether thecassette was playing or fast forwarding.

(Reverse/Fast forward buttons)

Cassette Player

Push the fast forward button to fast for-ward a cassette tape. “FF” will appear onthe display. Push the reverse button torewind a tape. “REW” will appear on thedisplay.

To stop the tape while it is fast forward-ing, push the fast forward button or“TAPE”; to stop the tape while it is re-winding, push the reverse button or“TAPE”.

If a tape side rewinds completely, the cas-sette player will stop and then play thatsame side. If a tape fast forwards com-pletely, the cassette player will play theother side of the tape, using the auto–re-verse feature.

Compact Disc Player

If you want to fast forward or reversethrough a compact disc track, push andhold in the fast forward or reverse button.When you release the button, the compactdisc player will resume playing.

AM

Push “AM” to turn on the radio and selectthe AM band. “AM” will appear on thedisplay.

If the audio system is off, you can turnon the radio by pushing “AM”. Also, push“AM” to switch from cassette or compactdisc operation to radio operation.

CTRL / MODE (Audio control and modeadjustment)

Manual tone adjustment function—

This knob is used to adjust the tonemanually.

For low–pitch tone adjustment, push“CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until “BAS”appears on the display. Then turn theknob to suit your preference.

The display will show the range from“BAS –5” to “BAS 5”.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1372002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

For high–pitch tone adjustment, push“CTRL / MODE” repeatedly until “TRE”appears on the display. Then turn theknob to suit your preference.

The display will show the range from“TRE –5” to “TRE 5”.

Sound balance adjustment function—

This knob is also used to adjust thesound balance between the front and rear,and the right and left speakers.

For front/rear adjustment, push “CTRL /MODE” repeatedly until “FAd” appears onthe display. Then turn the knob to adjustthe front/rear balance.

The display will show the range from“FAd–F7” to “FAd–R7”.

For left/right adjustment, push “CTRL /MODE” repeatedly until “BAL” appears onthe display. Then turn the knob to adjustthe left/right balance.

The display will show the range from“BAL–L7” to “BAL–R7”.

CD (Compact Disc)

Push “CD” to switch from radio or cas-sette operation to compact disc operation.If the audio system is off, you can turnon the compact disc player by pushing“CD”. In both cases, a disc must alreadybe loaded in the player.

When the audio is set into compact discoperation, the display shows the track or,track and disc number currently beingplayed. Each time you push “CD”, thesystem changes to the automatic changer.

If the player malfunctions, your audio sys-tem will display one of the six followingerror messages.

If “WAIT” appears on the display, it indi-cates that the inside of the player unitmay be too hot due to the very high ambi-ent temperature. Remove the disc or mag-azine from the player and allow the playerto cool down.

If “Err 1” appears on the display, itindicates the disc is dirty, damaged, or itwas inserted up–side down. Clean thedisc or insert it correctly.

If “Err 2” appears on the display, itindicates no disc is loaded inside themagazine. Insert a disc.

If “Err 3” or “Err 4” appears on thedisplay, it indicates there is a trouble in-side the system. Eject the disc or maga-zine. Set the disc or magazine again.

If “OPEn” appears on the display, itindicates the compact disc auto changerlid is open. Close the compact disc autochanger lid.

If the malfunction is not rectified, takeyour vehicle to your Toyota dealer.

DISC ��

Compact disc auto changer only—

By using this button, you can select adisc you wish to listen to.

Push either side of the button until thenumber of the disc you want to listen toappears on the display.

Dolby � B NR∗

If you are listening to a tape that wasrecorded with Dolby� B Noise Reduction,push the button marked with the double–Dsymbol. The double–D symbol will appearon the display. Push the button again toturn off Dolby� B NR.

The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noiseby about 10 dB. For best sound reproduc-tion, play your tapes with this button onor off according to the mode used forrecording the tape.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

138 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

∗: Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license fromDolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “DOLBY” and thedouble D symbol are trademarks of Dolby LaboratoriesLicensing Corporation.

FM1·2

Push “FM1·2” to turn on the radio andselect the FM band. “FM1” or “FM2” willappear on the display. This system allowsyou to set twelve FM stations, two foreach button.

If the audio system is off, you can turnon the radio by pushing “FM1·2”. Also,push “FM1·2” to switch from cassette orcompact disc operation to radio operation.

PWR/VOL (Power/Volume)

Push “PWR/VOL” to turn the audio systemon and off. Turn “PWR/VOL” to adjust thevolume.

RAND (Random)

There are two random features—you caneither listen to the tracks on all the com-pact discs in the magazine in random or-der, or only listen to the tracks on aspecific compact disc in random order.

To randomly play the tracks on a disc:Quickly push and release “RAND”. “RAND”will appear on the display. The disc youare listening to will play in random order.If you hear a beep, you held the buttontoo long, and the player will play all thetracks in the magazine in random order.To turn off the random feature, push“RAND” again.


To randomly play all the tracks in themagazine:Push and hold “RAND” until you hear a

beep. “ ·RAND” will appear on the dis-

play and the player will perform all thetracks on all the discs in the magazine inrandom order. To turn off the random fea-ture, push “RAND” again.

RPT (Repeat)

Cassette Player

Push “RPT” while the track is playing.“RPT” will appear on the display. Whenthe track ends, it will automatically berewound and replayed. This process willbe continued until you push the buttonagain to turn off the repeat feature.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blankspace between tracks in order for the re-peat feature to work correctly.

Compact Disc Player

There are two repeat features—you caneither replay a disc track or a whole com-pact disc.

Repeating a track:Quickly push and release “RPT” while thetrack is playing. “RPT” will appear on thedisplay. If you hear a beep, you held thebutton too long, and the player will repeatthe whole disc. When the track ends, itwill automatically be replayed. This pro-cess will be continued until you push thebutton again to turn off the repeat feature.


Repeating a disc:Push and hold “RPT” until you hear a

beep. “ ·RPT” will appear on the dis-

play. The player will repeat all the trackson the disc you are listening to. When thedisc ends, the player will automatically goback to the top track of the disc andreplay. This process will be continued untilyou push the button again to turn off therepeat feature.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1392002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

SCAN

Radio

You can either scan all the frequencies ona band or scan only the preset stationsfor that band.

To scan the preset stations: Push and hold “SCAN” until you hear abeep. The radio will tune in the next pres-et station up the band, stay there for 5seconds, and then move to the next pre-set station. To select a station, push“SCAN” again.

To scan all the frequencies: Quickly push and release “SCAN”. If youhear a beep, you held the button too long,and the radio will scan the preset sta-tions. The radio will find the next stationup the station band, stay there for 5 se-conds, and then scan again. To select astation, push “SCAN” again.

Compact disc player

There are two scan features—you can ei-ther scan the tracks on a specific disc orscan the first tracks of all the discs in themagazine.

Scanning the tracks on a disc:Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN”will appear on the display and the playerwill scan all the tracks on the disc youare listening to. If you hear a beep, youheld the button too long, and the playerwill scan the first track of all the discs inthe magazine. To select a track, push“SCAN” again. If the player scanned allthe tracks on the disc, it will stop scan-ning.


Scanning the first track of all the discs inthe magazine:Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.

“ ·SCAN” will appear on the display

and the player will perform the first trackof the next disc. To select a disc, pushthe “SCAN” again. If the player hasscanned all the discs, it will stop scan-ning.

SEEK (Seeking)

Radio

In the seek mode, the radio finds andplays the next station up or down thestation band.

To seek a station, quickly push and re-lease the “�” or “�” under the “SEEK”.Do this again to find another station.

Cassette Player

By using this button, you can skip up ordown to a different track.

You can skip up to nine tracks at a time.

Push the up or down side of the button.“FF 1” or “REW 1” will appear on thedisplay.

Next, push either side of the track buttonuntil the number on the display reachesthe number of tracks you want to skip. Ifyou push the button ten times, the skipfeature will be turned off.

When counting the number of tracks youwant to rewind, remember to count thecurrent track as well. For example, if youwant to rewind to a song that is two be-fore the song you are listening to, pushon the down side of the button until “REW3” appears on the display.

If you have pushed the track button morethan you wanted to, push the other sideof the button. The track number will bereduced.

The track number you select is not validif it is higher than the number of tracksremaining on the current cassette side.

� After the beginning of the tape isreached, the player will automaticallystart playing the same side.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

140 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� After the end of the tape is reached,the player will automatically reversesides and start playing the other side.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blankspace between tracks for the track buttonto work correctly. In addition, the featuremay not work well with some spokenword, live, or classical recordings.

ST (Stereo reception) display

Your radio automatically changes to stereoreception when a stereo broadcast is re-ceived. “ST” appears on the display. If thesignal becomes weak, the radio reducesthe amount of channel separation to prev-ent the weak signal from creating noise.If the signal becomes extremely weak, theradio switches from stereo to mono recep-tion.

TAPE

Push “TAPE” to switch from radio or com-pact disc operation to cassette operation.If the audio system is off, you can turnon the cassette player by pushing “TAPE”.In both cases, a cassette must already beloaded in the player.

TRACK (Track up/down button): Compact disc player


Push either side of the track button untilthe number of the track you want to listento appears on the display. If you want toreturn to the beginning of the currenttrack, push the down side of the buttonone time, quickly.

TUNE (Tuning)

Your Toyota has an electronic tuning radio(ETR). Turn the knob clockwise to step upthe frequency. Turn the knob counterclock-wise to step down the frequency.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1412002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)


�Type 2–1

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

142 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)


�Type 2–2

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1432002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)






(Eject button)

Push the cassette tape eject button toeject a cassette. Push the compact disceject button to eject a compact disc.

After you turn the ignition to “LOCK”, youwill be able to eject a cassette or disc butyou will not be able to reinsert it.

(Program)





Cassette Player




Compact Disc Player


AM



’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

144 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

CONTROL / MODE (Audio control andmode adjustment)

Type 2–1—



For low–pitch tone adjustment, push“CONTROL / MODE” repeatedly until“BAS” appears on the display. Then turnthe knob to suit your preference.


For middle–pitch tone adjustment, push“CONTROL / MODE” repeatedly until “MId”appears on the display. Then turn theknob to suit your preference.

The display will show the range from “MId–5” to “MId 5”.

For high–pitch tone adjustment, push“CONTROL / MODE” repeatedly until“TRE” appears on the display. Then turnthe knob to suit your preference.




For front/rear adjustment, push “CONTROL/ MODE” repeatedly until “FAd” appearson the display. Then turn the knob toadjust the front/rear balance.


For left/right adjustment, push “CONTROL/ MODE” repeatedly until “BAL” appearson the display. Then turn the knob toadjust the left/right balance.


AUDIO (Audio control and mode adjust-ment)

Type 2–2—



For low–pitch tone adjustment, push“AUDIO” repeatedly until “BAS” appearson the display. Then turn the knob to suityour preference.


For middle–pitch tone adjustment, push“AUDIO” repeatedly until “MID” appears onthe display. Then turn the knob to suityour preference.

The display will show the range from “MID–5” to “MID 5”.

For high–pitch tone adjustment, push“AUDIO” repeatedly until “TRE” appearson the display. Then turn the knob to suityour preference.




For front/rear adjustment, push “AUDIO”repeatedly until “FAD” appears on the dis-play. Then turn the knob to adjust thefront/rear balance.

The display will show the range from“FAD–F7” to “FAD–R7”.

For left/right adjustment, push “AUDIO” re-peatedly until “BAL” appears on the dis-play. Then turn the knob to adjust theleft/right balance.


’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1452002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

CD (Compact Disc)


When the audio is set into compact discoperation, the display shows the track or,track and disc number currently beingplayed. Each time you push “CD”, thesystem changes to the automatic changer.

If the player malfunctions, your audio sys-tem will display one of the six followingerror messages.







DISC ��




Dolby � B NR∗


The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noiseby about 10 dB. For best sound reproduc-tion, play your tapes with this button onor off according to the mode used forrecording the tape.∗: Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license fromDolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “DOLBY” and thedouble D symbol are trademarks of Dolby LaboratoriesLicensing Corporation.

FM1·2



’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

146 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio systemon and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust thevolume.

RAND (Random)


To randomly play the tracks on a disc:Quickly push and release “RAND”.“ ” will appear on the display. Thedisc you are listening to will play in ran-dom order. If you hear a beep, you heldthe button too long, and the player willplay all the tracks in the magazine inrandom order. To turn off the random fea-ture, push this button again.


To randomly play all the tracks in themagazine:Push and hold “RAND” until you hear a

beep. “ ” will appear on the dis-play and the player will perform all thetracks on all the discs in the magazine inrandom order. To turn off the random fea-ture, push this button again.

RPT (Repeat)

Cassette Player

Push “RPT” while the track is playing.“ ” will appear on the display. Whenthe track ends, it will automatically berewound and replayed. This process willbe continued until you push the buttonagain to turn off the repeat feature.


Compact Disc Player

There are two repeat features—You caneither replay a disc track or a whole com-pact disc.

Repeating a track:Quickly push and release “RPT” while thetrack is playing. “ ” will appear on thedisplay. If you hear a beep, you held thebutton too long, and the player will repeatthe whole disc. When the track ends, itwill automatically be replayed. This pro-cess will be continued until you push thebutton again to turn off the repeat feature.


Repeating a disc:Push and hold “RPT” until you hear a

beep. “ ” will appear on the display.The player will repeat all the tracks on thedisc you are listening to. When the discends, the player will automatically go backto the top track of the disc and replay.This process will be continued until youpush the button again to turn off the re-peat feature.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1472002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

SCAN

Radio




Compact disc player





“ ·SCAN” will appear on the display

and the player will perform the first trackof the next disc. To select a disc, pushthe “SCAN” again. If the player hasscanned all the discs, it will stop scan-ning.

SEEK (Seeking)

Radio



Cassette Player






’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

148 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)








TAPE





TUNE (Tuning)


’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1492002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)


�Type 3

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

150 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)






(Eject button)

Cassette tape

Push the cassette tape eject button toeject a cassette.

After you turn the ignition to “LOCK”, youwill be able to eject a cassette, but youwill not be able to reinsert it.

Compact disc

To eject one compact disc only: Push andrelease the compact disc eject button. Ifyou hold the button too long (if the audiosystem is on at this time, you hear abeep.), the mechanism will change to themode for ejecting all the discs loaded inthe changer. You can also eject any spe-cific one of the discs loaded in the chang-er as follows:

1. Push either side of the “DISC” buttonuntil the number of the disc you wantto eject is displayed.

2. Push and release the compact disceject button.

To eject all the discs loaded in the chang-er: Push and hold the compact disc ejectbutton (until you hear a beep when theaudio system is on). The last compactdisc played before pushing the button willbe ejected first. If a disc is left in the slotfor a long time, the function to eject allthe discs will be automatically cancelled.

After you turn the ignition to “LOCK”, youwill be able to eject one compact disconly or all the discs loaded in the chang-er, but you will not be able to reinsert itor them.

(Program)





Cassette Player



’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1512002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)


Compact Disc Player


AM



CONTROL / MODE (Audio control andmode adjustment)



For low–pitch tone adjustment, push“CONTROL / MODE” repeatedly until“BAS” appears on the display. Then turnthe knob to suit your preference.


For middle–pitch tone adjustment, push“CONTROL / MODE” repeatedly until “MId”appears on the display. Then turn theknob to suit your preference.

The display will show the range from “MId–5” to “MId 5”.

For high–pitch tone adjustment, push“CONTROL / MODE” repeatedly until“TRE” appears on the display. Then turnthe knob to suit your preference.




For front/rear adjustment, push “CONTROL/ MODE” repeatedly until “FAd” appearson the display. Then turn the knob toadjust the front/rear balance.


For left/right adjustment, push “CONTROL/ MODE” repeatedly until “BAL” appearson the display. Then turn the knob toadjust the left/right balance.


CD (Compact Disc)


When the audio is set into compact discoperation, the display shows the track or,track and disc number currently beingplayed.

If the player or another unit equipped withthe player malfunctions, your audio systemwill display one of the six following errormessages.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

152 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)







DISC ��



Dolby � B NR∗


The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noiseby about 10 dB. For best sound reproduc-tion, play your tapes with this button onor off according to the mode used forrecording the tape.∗: Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license fromDolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “DOLBY” and thedouble D symbol are trademarks of Dolby LaboratoriesLicensing Corporation.

FM1·2



LOAD

This button is used to load the compactdiscs in the compact disc auto changerwhich is integrated with the radio and cas-sette player. This compact disc autochanger can store up to 6 discs.

The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”position.

Loading one compact disc only—

To load one compact disc only, quicklypush and release the button. If you holdthe button too long (if the audio systemis on at this time, you hear a beep.), themechanism will change to the mode forloading multiple compact discs. Afterpushing the button, insert a compact disc.At this time, the indicators on both sidesof the slot are flashing. After the disc isloaded, the shutter of the slot will closeand the indicators will stop flashing.

If no compact disc is inserted, the shutterwill close after 15 seconds.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1532002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Loading multiple compact discs—

To load multiple compact discs, push andhold (until you hear a beep when the au-dio system is on). After pushing the but-ton, insert the first compact disc. At thistime, the indicators on both sides of theslot are flashing. After the disc is loaded,the shutter of the slot will close and theindicators will stop flashing. After a fewseconds, the shutter will automaticallyopen again so the next disc can be in-serted. The same process can be appliedfor loading the rest of the discs.

If no compact disc is inserted, the shutterwill close after 15 seconds.

PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio systemon and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust thevolume.

RAND (Random)


To randomly play the tracks on a disc:Quickly push and release “ ”. “ ”will appear on the display. The disc youare listening to will play in random order.If you hear a beep, you held the buttontoo long, and the player will play all thetracks in the magazine in random order.To turn off the random feature, push thisbutton again.

To randomly play all the tracks in themagazine:

Push and hold “ ” until you hear abeep. “ ” will appear on the dis-play and the player will perform all thetracks on all the discs in the magazine inrandom order. To turn off the random fea-ture, push this button again.

RPT (Repeat)

Cassette Player

Push “ ” while the track is playing.“ ” will appear on the display. Whenthe track ends, it will automatically berewound and replayed. This process willbe continued until you push the buttonagain to turn off the repeat feature.


Compact Disc Player

There are two repeat features—You caneither replay a disc track or a whole com-pact disc.

Repeating a track:Quickly push and release “ ” while the

track is playing. “ ” will appear on thedisplay. If you hear a beep, you held thebutton too long, and the player will repeatthe whole disc. When the track ends, itwill automatically be replayed. This pro-cess will be continued until you push thebutton again to turn off the repeat feature.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

154 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Repeating a disc:Push and hold “ ” until you hear abeep. “ ” will appear on the display.The player will repeat all the tracks on thedisc you are listening to. When the discends, the player will automatically go backto the top track of the disc and replay.This process will be continued until youpush the button again to turn off the re-peat feature.

SCAN

Radio




Compact disc player




“ ·SCAN” will appear on the displayand the player will perform the first trackof the next disc. To select a disc, pushthe “SCAN” again. If the player hasscanned all the discs, it will stop scan-ning.

SEEK (Seeking)

Radio



Cassette Player




’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1552002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)










TAPE





TUNE (Tuning)


’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

156 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

NOTICE

To ensure the correct audio systemoperation:

� Be careful not to spill beveragesover the audio system.

� Do not put anything other than acassette tape or Compact Disc intothe slot.

� The use of cellular phone inside ornear the vehicle may cause a noisefrom the speakers of the audio sys-tem which you are listening to.However, this does not indicate amalfunction.

RADIO RECEPTION

Usually, a problem with radio receptiondoes not mean there is a problem withyour radio—it is just the normal result ofconditions outside the vehicle.

For example, nearby buildings and terraincan interfere with FM reception. Powerlines or telephone wires can interfere withAM signals. And of course, radio signalshave a limited range. The farther you arefrom a station, the weaker its signal willbe. In addition, reception conditionschange constantly as your vehicle moves.

Here are some common reception prob-lems that probably do not indicate a prob-lem with your radio:

FM

Fading and drifting stations—Generally, theeffective range of FM is about 40 km (25miles). Once outside this range, you maynotice fading and drifting, which increasewith the distance from the radio transmit-ter. They are often accompanied by distor-tion.

Multi–path—FM signals are reflective,making it possible for two signals to reachyour antenna at the same time. If thishappens, the signals will cancel each oth-er out, causing a momentary flutter orloss of reception.

Static and fluttering—These occur whensignals are blocked by buildings, trees, orother large objects. Increasing the basslevel may reduce static and fluttering.

Station swapping—If the FM signal youare listening to is interrupted or weak-ened, and there is another strong stationnearby on the FM band, your radio maytune in the second station until the origi-nal signal can be picked up again.

AM

Fading—AM broadcasts are reflected bythe upper atmosphere—especially at night.These reflected signals can interfere withthose received directly from the radio sta-tion, causing the radio station to soundalternately strong and weak.

Station interference—When a reflected sig-nal and a signal received directly from aradio station are very nearly the samefrequency, they can interfere with eachother, making it difficult to hear the broad-cast.

Static—AM is easily affected by externalsources of electrical noise, such as hightension power lines, lightening, or electri-cal motors. This results in static.

CARING FOR YOUR CASSETTE PLAYERAND TAPES

For the best performance for your cas-sette player and tapes:

Clean the tape head and other parts regu-larly.

� A dirty tape head or tape path candecrease sound quality and tangle yourcassette tapes. The easiest way toclean them is by using a cleaning tape.(A wet type is recommended.)

Car audio system operatinghints

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1572002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Use high–quality cassettes.

� Low–quality cassette tapes can causemany problems, including poor sound,inconsistent playing speed, andconstant auto–reversing. They can alsoget stuck or tangled in the cassetteplayer.

� Do not use a cassette if it has beendamaged or tangled or if its label ispeeling off.

� Do not leave a cassette in the playerif you are not listening to it, especiallyif it is hot outside.

� Store cassettes in their cases and outof direct sunlight.

� Avoid using cassettes with a total play-ing time longer than 100 minutes (50minutes per side). The tape used inthese cassettes is thin and could getstuck or tangled in the cassette player.

CARING FOR YOUR COMPACT DISCPLAYER AND DISCS

� Use only compact discs labeled asshown above. CD–R (CD–Recordable),CD–RW (CD–Re–writable) and personalcomputer use CD–ROMs may not beplayable on your compact disc player.

� Your compact disc player is intendedfor use with 12 cm (4.7 in.) discs only.

� Extremely high temperatures can keepyour compact disc player from working.On hot days, use the air conditioningto cool the vehicle interior before youlisten to a disc.

� Bumpy roads or other vibrations maymake your compact disc player skip.

� If moisture gets into your compact discplayer, you may not hear any soundeven though your compact disc playerappears to be working. Remove thedisc from the player and wait until itdries.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

158 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� Your compact disc player cannot playspecial shaped or low–quality compactdiscs such as those shown here. Donot use them as the player could bedamaged.

� Handle compact discs carefully, espe-cially when you are inserting them.Hold them on the edge and do notbend them. Avoid getting fingerprintson them, particularly on the shiny side.

� Dirt, scrapes, warping, pin holes, orother disc damage could cause theplayer to skip or to repeat a section ofa track. (To see a pin hole, hold thedisc up to the light.)

� Remove discs from the compact discplayer when you are not listening tothem. Store them in their plastic casesaway from moisture, heat, and directsunlight.

To clean a compact disc: Wipe it with asoft, lint–free cloth that has been damp-ened with water. Wipe in a straight linefrom the center to the edge of the disc(not in circles). Dry it with another soft,lint–free cloth. Do not use a conventionalrecord cleaner or anti–static device.

CAUTION

Compact disc players use an invisiblelaser beam which could cause hazard-ous radiation exposure if directedoutside the unit. Be sure to operatethe player correctly.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1592002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSAir conditioning systemManual air conditioning system

Controls 160. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air flow selector settings 163. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating tips 163. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Automatic air conditioning systemControls 166. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air flow selector settings 170. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating tips 170. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Instrument panel vents 173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear heater system 175. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 8

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

160 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

1. “A/C” button (on some models)

2. Air intake selector

3. Air flow selector

4. Temperature selector

5. Fan speed selector

Manual air conditioning system——Controls

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1612002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Fan speed selector

Move the knob to adjust the fan speed—tothe right to increase, to the left to de-crease.

Temperature selector

Move the knob to adjust the tempera-ture—to the right to warm, to the left tocool.

Air flow selector

Move the knob to select the vents usedfor air flow.

1. Panel—Air flows mainly from theinstrument panel vents.

2. Bi–level— Air flows from both the floorvents and the instrument panel vents.

3. Floor— Air flows mainly from the floorvents.

It is recommended to close the lowervent. For details about it, see “Instru-ment panel vents” in this section.

4. Floor/Windshield— Air flows mainlyfrom the floor vents and windshieldvents.

Turning the air flow selector to thefloor/windshield position turns on thedefogging function with the purpose ofclearing the front view.

This position allows the air intake toselect FRESH automatically. This is toclean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting toRECIRCULATE mode, press the air in-take selector button once again.

Vehicle with “A/C” button—

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating or cooling. This setting clearsthe front view more quickly.


5. Windshield— Air flows mainly from thewindshield vents.

Turning the air flow selector to thewindshield position turns on the defog-ging function with the purpose of clear-ing the front view.

This position allows the air intake toselect FRESH automatically. This is toclean up the front view more quickly.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

162 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

If you want to return the setting toRECIRCULATE mode, press the air in-take selector button once again.

Vehicle with “A/C” button—

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating or cooling. This setting clearsthe front view more quickly.


For details about air flow selector settings,see the illustration after “A/C” button.

Air intake selector

Press the button to select the air source.

1. Recirculate— Recirculates the air insidethe vehicle.

2. Fresh— Draws outside air into the sys-tem.

To prevent fogging up of the windshield,the air intake mode may change automati-cally to FRESH depending on the condi-tion of the air conditioning system.

“A/C” button (on some models)

To turn on the air conditioning, press the“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicatorwill come on. To turn the air conditioningoff, press the button again.

If the “A/C” button indicator flashes, thereis a problem in the air conditioning systemand the air conditioning automaticallyshuts off. If this happens, take your ve-hicle to a Toyota dealer for service.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1632002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� To cool off your Toyota after it hasbeen parked in the hot sun, drive withthe windows open for a few minutes.This vents the hot air, allowing the airconditioning to cool the interior morequickly.

� Make sure the air intake grilles in frontof the windshield are not blocked (byleaves or snow, for example).

� On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield. The windshield couldfog up because of the difference in airtemperature on the inside and outsideof the windshield.

� Keep the area under the front seatsclear to allow air to circulate through-out the vehicle.

� On cold days, set the fan speed tohigh for a minute to help clear theintake ducts of snow or moisture. Thiscan reduce the amount of fogging onthe windows.

� When driving on dusty roads, close allwindows. If dust thrown up by the ve-hicle is still drawn into the vehicle afterclosing the windows, it is recommendedthat the air intake selector be set toFRESH and the fan speed selector toany setting except “OFF”.

—Air flow selector settings

: See “Instrument panel vents” in this section.

—Operating tips

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

164 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� If following another vehicle on a dustyroad, or driving in windy and dustyconditions, it is recommended that theair intake selector be temporarily set toRECIRCULATE, which will close off theoutside passage and prevent outsideair and dust from entering the vehicleinterior.

Heating

For best results, set controls to:

Fan speed— Any setting except “OFF”Temperature— Towards WARM

(red zone)Air intake—FRESH (outside air) Air flow—FLOOR Lower vent—CLOSEDAir conditioning—OFF

� For quick heating, select recirculatedair for a few minutes. To keep thewindows from fogging, select fresh af-ter the vehicle interior has beenwarmed.

� Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidi-fied heating.

� Choose floor/windshield air flow to heatthe vehicle interior while defrosting ordefogging the windshield.

Air conditioning


Fan speed— Any setting except “OFF”Temperature— Towards COLD

(blue zone)Air intake—FRESH (outside air) Air flow—PANEL Air conditioning—ON

� For quick cooling, move the air intakeselector to recirculate for a few min-utes.

Ventilation


Fan speed— Any setting except “OFF”Temperature— Towards COLD

(blue zone)Air intake—FRESH (outside air) Air flow—PANEL Air conditioning—OFF

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1652002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Defogging

The inside of the windshield



(red zone) to heat;COLD (blue zone) to cool

Air intake—FRESH (outside air) Air flow—WINDSHIELDLower vent—CLOSED

Turning the air flow selector to the wind-shield or floor/windshield position turns onthe defogging function with the purpose ofclearing the front view.

When turning the air flow selector to wind-shield or floor/windshield position, the airintake selects FRESH automatically. Thisis to clean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting to RE-CIRCULATE mode, press the air intakeselector button once again.

Vehicles with “A/C” button—

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating or cooling. This setting clears thefront view more quickly.

� On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield—the difference be-tween the outside and inside tempera-tures could make the fogging worse.

Defrosting

The outside of the windshield



(red zone) Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELD Lower vent—CLOSED

Turning the air flow selector to the wind-shield or floor/windshield position turns onthe defrosting function with the purpose ofclearing the front view.

When turning the air flow selector to wind-shield or floor/windshield position, the airintake selects FRESH automatically. Thisis to clean up the front view more quickly.


Vehicles with “A/C” button—

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating. This setting clears the front viewmore quickly.

� To heat the vehicle interior while de-frosting the windshield, choose floor/windshield air flow.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

166 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

1. Air intake selector

2. Windshield air flow button

3. “A/C” button

4. Fan speed selector

5. “OFF” button

6. “MODE” button (air flow selector)

7. Temperature selector

8. “AUTO” button

Automatic air conditioning system——Controls

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1672002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

“AUTO” button

For automatic operation of the air condi-tioning, press the “AUTO” button. An indi-cator light will illuminate to show that theautomatic operation mode has been se-lected.

In the automatic operation mode, the airconditioning selects the most suitable fanspeed, air flow, air intake and on–off ofthe air conditioning according to the tem-perature.

When you adjust the temperature selectorbutton to maximum cooling, a “MAXCOLD” message will appear on the displayand the air intake mode will be automati-cally changed to RECIRCULATE.

You may use manual controls if you wantto select your own settings.

To turn off the automatic operation, pressthe “OFF” button.

Fan speed selector

Turn the knob to adjust the fan speed.

In automatic operation, you do not haveto adjust the fan speed unless you desireanother fan speed mode.


Turn the knob to adjust the temperatu-re—to the right to warm, to the left tocool.

“OFF” button

Push the button to turn off the air condi-tioning system.

Air flow selector, “MODE” button

Press the button to select the vents usedfor air flow.

In automatic operation, you do not haveto select the air flow unless you desireanother air flow mode.

1. Panel—Air flows mainly from theinstrument panel vents.

2. Bi–level— Air flows from both the floorvents and the instrument panel vents.

3. Floor— Air flows mainly from the floorvents.

It is recommended that you close thelower vent. For details about this, see“Instrument panel vents” in this section.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

168 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

4. Floor/Windshield— Air flows mainlyfrom the floor vents and windshieldvents.

It is recommended that you close thelower vent. For details about this, see“Instrument panel vents” in this section.


Windshield air flow button

When this button is pressed, air flowsmainly from the windshield vents and theFRESH mode is automatically set. Thissetting clears the front view more quickly.


Pressing the button once again returns theair flow mode to the last one used.

Pressing the windshield air flow buttonturns on the defroster–linked air condition-ing. At this time, the “A/C” button indicatorcomes on regardless of whether or not the“A/C” button is pressed in. This is toclean up the front view more quickly.

To turn off the air conditioning alone,press the “A/C” button once again.

When the “A/C” button is not pressed in,pressing another air flow button turns offthe air conditioning.

It is recommended that you close the low-er vent. For details about this, see “Instru-ment panel vents” in this section.


For further information for removing frostand fog, see “Instrument panel vents” inthis section.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1692002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Air intake selector

Press the button to select the air source.

1. Recirculate— Recirculates the air insidethe vehicle.

2. Fresh— Draws outside air into the sys-tem.

If the engine coolant temperature becomesextremely high, RECIRCULATE mode willautomatically be selected. This is not amalfunction. When the engine coolant tem-perature is lowered, the previous modewill resume.

To prevent fogging up of the windshield,the air intake mode may change automati-cally to FRESH depending on the condi-tion of the air conditioning system.

“A/C” button

To turn on the air conditioning, press the“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicatorwill come on. To turn the air conditioningoff, press the button again.

If the “A/C” button indicator flashes, thereis a problem in the air conditioning systemand the air conditioning automaticallyshuts off. If this happens, take your ve-hicle to a Toyota dealer for service.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

170 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� To cool off your Toyota after it hasbeen parked in the hot sun, drive withthe windows open for a few minutes.This vents the hot air, allowing the airconditioning to cool the interior morequickly.

� Make sure the air intake grilles in frontof the windshield are not blocked (byleaves or snow, for example).

� On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield. The windshield couldfog up because of the difference in airtemperature on the inside and outsideof the windshield.

� Keep the area under the front seatsclear to allow air to circulate through-out the vehicle.

� On cold days, set the fan speed tohigh for a minute to help clear theintake ducts of snow or moisture. Thiscan reduce the amount of fogging onthe windows.

� When driving on dusty roads, close allwindows. If dust thrown up by the ve-hicle is still drawn into the vehicle afterclosing the windows, it is recommendedthat the air intake selector be set toFRESH and the fan speed to any set-ting except “OFF”.

—Air flow selector settings

: See “Instrument panel vents” in this section.

—Operating tips

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1712002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� If following another vehicle on a dustyroad, or driving in windy and dustyconditions, it is recommended that theair intake selector be temporarily set toRECIRCULATE, which will close off theoutside passage and prevent outsideair and dust from entering the vehicleinterior.

Heating


—For automatic operation

Press in the “AUTO” button.Temperature— To the desired

temperatureAir conditioning—OFF

—For manual operation

Fan speed— To the desired fan speedTemperature— Towards WARM

(to the right)Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—FLOORLower vent—CLOSEDAir conditioning—OFF

� For quick heating, select recirculatedair for a few minutes. To keep thewindows from fogging, select fresh af-ter the vehicle interior has beenwarmed.

� Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidi-fied heating.

� Choose floor/windshield air flow to heatthe vehicle interior while defrosting ordefogging the windshield.

Air conditioning



Press in the “AUTO” button .Temperature— To the desired

temperatureAir conditioning—ON


Fan speed— To the desired fan speedTemperature— Towards COLD

(to the left)Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—PANELAir conditioning—ON

� For quick cooling, select recirculatedair for a few minutes.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

172 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Ventilation



Press in the “AUTO” button .Temperature— Towards COLD

(to the left)Air conditioning—OFF


Fan speed— To the desired fan speedTemperature— Towards COLD

(to the left)Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—PANELAir conditioning—OFF

Defogging and defrosting

—The inside of the windshield


For automatic operation—

Temperature— Towards WARM(to the right) to heat;COLD (to the left) to cool

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELDLower vent—CLOSED

For manual operation—


(to the right) to heat;COLD (to the left) to cool


When pressing the windshield air flow but-ton, the air intake selects FRESH auto-matically. This is to clean up the frontview more quickly.


Pressing the windshield air flow buttonturns on the defroster–linked air condition-ing. At this time, the “A/C” button indicatorcomes on regardless of whether or not the“A/C” button is pressed in. This is toclean up the front view more quickly.



� On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield—the difference be-tween the outside and inside tempera-tures could make the fogging worse.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1732002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

—The outside of the windshield


For automatic operation—

Temperature— Towards WARM(to the right)


For manual operation—


(to the right) Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELDLower vent—CLOSED

When pressing the windshield air flow but-ton, the air intake selects FRESH auto-matically. This is to clean up the frontview more quickly.


Pressing the windshield button turns onthe defroster–linked air conditioning. Atthis time, the “A/C” button indicator comeson regardless of whether or not the “A/C”button is pressed in. This is to clean upthe front view more quickly.



� To heat the vehicle interior while de-frosting the windshield, choosefloor/windshield air flow.

Side vents

Lower vent

Instrument panel vents

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

174 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

If air flow control is not satisfactory, checkthe instrument panel vents. The instrumentpanel vents may be opened or closed asshown.

For removing frost or fog, it is recom-mended to close the lower vent when youpush the windshield air flow button or us-ing the “Floor”, “Floor/Windshield” or“Windshield” mode.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1752002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

1. Fan Speed Selector

2. Temperature Selector

Fan speed selector

Push the switch toward “HI” or “LO”.


Place the lever anywhere except the“OFF” position.

Rear heater system

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

176 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1772002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSOther equipmentClock 178. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermometer 178. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cigarette lighter and ashtrays 179. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power outlets 180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glove box 180. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Garage door opener 181. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Garage door opener box 184. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary box 186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warning reflector holder 187. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear console box 188. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Card holder 189. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front cup holders 189. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear cup holders 190. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tie–down hooks 191. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Luggage cover 191. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Floor mat 192. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 9

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

178 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

The digital clock indicates the time.

The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”position.

To reset the hour: Push the “H” button.To reset the minutes: Push the “M” button.

If quick adjustment to a full hour is de-sired, push the “:00” button.

For example, if the “:00” button is de-pressed when the time is between1:01—1:29, the time will change to 1:00.If the time is between 1:30—1:59, thetime will change to 2:00.

If the electrical power source has beendisconnected from the clock, the time dis-play will automatically be set to 1:00 (oneo’clock).

When the instrument panel lights areturned on, the brightness of the time in-dication will be reduced.

The thermometer indicates the outsideair temperature when you push the“OUT/T” button.


Pushing the button once again or turningthe temperature selector will turn off thedisplay.

When the air conditioning system is on,pushing the button once indicates the out-side temperature and a second timechanges the display back to the air condi-tioning temperature.

Also, turning the temperature selectorwhile the outside temperature is indicatedchanges the display to the air conditioningtemperature.

Clock Thermometer

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1792002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

The vehicles sold in U.S.A., the tempera-ture is indicated in degrees Fahrenheit,while the vehicles sold in Canada, thetemperature is indicated in degrees Centi-grade.

Cigarette lighter and front ashtray

Rear ashtray

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

To use the cigarette lighter, press it in.When it becomes heated, it automatical-ly pops out ready for use.

If the engine is not running, the key mustbe in the “ACC” position.

Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressedin.

Use a Toyota genuine cigarette lighter orequivalent for replacement.

ASHTRAYS

To use the ashtray, pull it out.

When finished with your cigarette, thor-oughly extinguish it in the ashtray to pre-vent other cigarette butts from catchingfire. After using the ashtray, push it backin completely.

To remove the ashtray, press down on thelock spring plate and pull out.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or sudden stopwhile driving, always completely closethe ashtray after using it.

Cigarette lighter and ashtrays

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

180 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Instrument panel

Luggage compartment

The power outlets are designed forpower supply for car accessories.

The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”position for the power outlet to be used.

NOTICE

� To prevent the fuse from beingblown, do not use the electricityover the total vehicle capacity of12V/120W.

� To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not use the poweroutlets longer than necessary whenthe engine is not running.

� Close the power outlet lids whenthe power outlets are not in use.Inserting a foreign object other thanthe appropriate plug that fits theoutlet, or allowing any liquid intothe outlet may cause electrical fail-ure or short circuits.

To use the glove box, do this.

To open: Pull the lever.

On some models, the glove box light willcome on when the glove box is open withthe instrument panel lights on.

To lock: Insert the master key and turn itclockwise.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a sudden stop,always keep the glove box doorclosed while driving.

Power outlets Glove box

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1812002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

The garage door opener ( HomeLink�

Universal Transceiver) is manufacturedunder license from HomeLink � and canbe programmed to operate garagedoors, gates, entry doors, door locks,home lighting systems, and securitysystems, etc.

(a) Programming the HomeLink �

The HomeLink � in your vehicle has 3buttons and you can store one programfor each button.

To ensure correct programming into theHomeLink�, install a new battery in thehand–held transmitter prior to program-ming.

The battery side of the hand–held trans-mitter must be pointed away from theHomeLink� during the programming pro-cess.

For Canadian users, follow the procedurein “Programming an entrance gate/Pro-gramming all devices in the Canadianmarket”.

1. Decide which of 3 HomeLink� buttonsyou want to program.

2. Place your hand–held garage transmit-ter 25 to 75 mm (1 to 3 in.) away fromthe surface of the HomeLink�.

Keep the indicator light on the HomeLink�

in view while programming.

3. Simultaneously press and hold thehand–held garage transmitter buttonalong with the selected HomeLink� but-ton.

4. When the indicator light on theHomeLink� changes from a slow to arapid flash after 20 seconds, you canrelease both buttons.

5. Test the operation of the HomeLink� bypressing the newly programmed button.If programming a garage door opener,check to see if the garage door opensand closes.

If the garage door does not operate, iden-tify if your garage transmitter is of the“Rolling Code” type. Press and hold theprogrammed HomeLink� button. The ga-rage door has the rolling code feature ifthe indicator light (on the HomeLink�)flashes rapidly and then remains lit after2 seconds. If your garage transmitter isthe “Rolling Code” type, proceed to theheading “Programming a rolling code sys-tem”.

6. Repeat steps 2 through 5 for each re-maining HomeLink� button to programanother device.

Garage door opener

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

182 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Programming a rolling code system

If your device is “Rolling Code”equipped, it is necessary to followsteps 1 through 4 under the heading“Programming the HomeLink �” beforeproceeding with the steps listed below.

1. Locate the “training” button on the ceil-ing mounted garage door opener motor.The exact location and color of thebutton may vary by brand of garagedoor opener. Refer to the owner’sguide supplied by the garage dooropener manufacturer for the location ofthis “training” button.

2. Press the “training” button on the ceil-ing mounted garage door opener motor.

Following this step, you have 30 secondsin which to initiate step 3 below.

3. Press and release the vehicle’s pro-grammed HomeLink� button twice. Thegarage door may open. If the doordoes open, the programming process iscomplete. If the door does not open,press and release the button a thirdtime. This third press and release willcomplete the programming process byopening the garage door.

The ceiling mounted garage door openermotor should now recognize theHomeLink� unit and be able activate thegarage door up/down.

4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 for each re-maining HomeLink� button to programanother rolling code system.

Programming an entrance gate/Program-ming all devices in the Canadian market

1. Decide which of the 3 HomeLink� but-tons you want to program.

2. Place your hand–held gate/devicetransmitter 25 to 75 mm (1 to 3 in.)away from the surface of theHomeLink�.

Keep the indicator light on the HomeLink�

in view while programming.

3. Press and hold the selectedHomeLink� button.

4. Continuously press and release (cycle)the hand–held gate/device transmitterbutton every two seconds until step 5is complete.

5. When the indicator light on theHomeLink� changes from a slow to arapid flash after 20 seconds, you canrelease both buttons.

6. Test the operation of the HomeLink� bypressing the newly programmed button.Check to see if the gate/device oper-ates correctly.

7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 for each re-maining HomeLink� button to programanother device.

Programming other devices

To program other devices such as homesecurity systems, home door locks orlighting, contact your authorized Toyotadealer for assistance.

Reprogramming a button

Individual HomeLink� buttons cannot beerased, however, to reprogram a singlebutton, follow the procedure “Programmingthe HomeLink�”.

(b) Operating the HomeLink �

To operate the HomeLink�, press theappropriate HomeLink� button to activatethe programmed device. The HomeLink�

indicator light should come on. TheHomeLink� continues to send the signalfor up to 20 seconds as long as thebutton is pressed.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1832002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

(c) Erasing the entire HomeLink �

memory (all three programs)

To erase all previously programmed codesat one time, press and hold down the 2outside buttons for 20 seconds until theindicator light flashes.

If you sell your vehicle, be sure to erasethe programs stored in the HomeLink�

memory.

CAUTION

� When programming the HomeLink �

Universal Transceiver, you may beoperating a garage door or otherdevice. Make sure people and ob-jects are out of the way of the ga-rage door or other device to pre-vent potential harm or damage.

� Do not use this HomeLink � Univer-sal Transceiver with any garagedoor opener that lacks the safetystop and reverse feature as re-quired by federal safety standards.(This includes any garage dooropener model manufactured beforeApril 1, 1982.) A garage door open-er which cannot detect an object(signaling the door to stop and re-verse), does not meet current feder-al safety standards. Using a garagedoor opener without these featuresincreases risk of serious injury ordeath.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and with RSS–210 of theIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) Thisdevice may not cause harmful interfer-ence, and (2) this device must acceptany interference that may be received,including interference that may causeundersired operation.

WARNING: This transmitter has beentested and complies with FCC andIndustry Canada rules. Changes ormodifications not expressly approvedby the party responsible for com-pliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the device.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

184 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

The box is designed to store a garagedoor opener transmitter.

Open the cover and remove the Velcroloop.

Remove the paper strip covering the adhe-sive on back side of loop and adhere loopto back side of the transmitter near cen-ter.

Please note if transmitter has wire clip forsun visor, this clip must be removed priorto adhesion of the Velcro.

Garage door opener box

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1852002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Place the transmitter with Velcro loop fac-ing inside of box into the box. Make surethe transmitter button is located abovebutton pins.

Remove spacers from the box. Place thelargest spacer on the pin that would bebelow transmitter button when the cover isclosed. Close the cover.

When the garage door opener transmitteris properly installed, you can operate thetransmitter by pushing the cover.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

186 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

If the spacer does not contact your ga-rage door opener transmitter:

� Check to see if spacer is on the cor-rect pin.

� Attach another spacer to the top oforiginal spacer. Check operation. If re-quired, continue on add spacers untilcontact is achieved.

If the transmitter is clattering during driv-ing, fill in a piece of felt or pad to preventthe transmitter from clattering.

Put the remained spacers back in itsplace.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a sudden stop,always keep the garage door openerbox closed while driving.

To use the box, open the lid.

CAUTION

� To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a suddenstop, always keep the box closedwhile driving.

� Do not place any object heavierthan 50 g (0.11 lb.) in it. Heavierobjects may cause the box to openand the contents to fly out resultingin injuries.

Auxiliary box (type A)

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1872002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

NOTICE

During hot weather, the interior of thevehicle becomes very hot. Do notleave anything flammable or deform-able such as a lighter, glasses, etc.inside.

To open the box, turn the two knobs. The auxiliary box is equipped with twostraps to hold the warning reflector.

Although the warning reflector itself is notincluded as an original equipment, thisauxiliary box can be used to store thewarning reflector.

Hold the warning reflector kit with thestraps.

1. To release: Push in both sides of thebuckle as shown in the illustration.

2. To tighten: Connect the buckle, thenpull on the belt.

Auxiliary box (type B) Warning reflector holder

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

188 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

UPPER TRAY

To access the upper tray, raise the con-sole box lid without touching the lockrelease lever.

CONSOLE BOX

To access the rear console box, pull upthe lock release lever while raising therear console box lid.

Rear console box

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1892002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

There is a card holder on the inside ofthe rear console box lid.

To use the card holder, raise the consolebox lid without touching the lock releaselever.

The cup holders are designed for hold-ing cups or drink–cans securely.

CAUTION

Do not place anything else other thancups or drink–cans in the cup holder,as such items may be thrown aboutin the compartment and possibly in-jure people in the vehicle during sud-den braking or in an accident.

Card holder Front cup holders

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

190 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

The cup holders are designed for hold-ing cups or drink–cans securely.

USING REAR CUP HOLDERS

To use the rear cup holders, pull outthe rear cup holder lid.

You can select from 3 arm positions.

CAUTION

� Do not place anything else otherthan cups or drink–cans in the cupholder, as such items may bethrown about in the compartmentand possibly injure people in thevehicle during sudden braking or inan accident.

� To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a suddenstop while driving, keep the cupholder closed when it is not in use.

CLOSING REAR CUP HOLDER LID

To close the rear cup holder lid, re-place the arms and pull up the lid.

NOTICE

Be sure to replace the arms beforeclosing the rear cup holder lid.

Rear cup holders

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1912002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

To secure your luggage, use the tie–down hooks as shown above.

See “Luggage stowage precautions” inSection 2 for precautions in loading lug-gage.

To use the luggage cover, pull it out ofthe retractor and hook it to the an-chors.

To remove the luggage cover, retractand lift it up.

NOTICE

As the plastic parts used on bothends of the luggage cover may breakif exposed to a shock, take care notto hit or knock them when attaching,detaching or storing the cover.

Tie–down hooks Luggage cover

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

192 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Use a floor mat of the correct size.

If the floor carpet and floor mat have ahole, then it is designed for use with alocking clip. Fix the floor mat with lockingclip into the hole in the floor carpet.

CAUTION

Make sure the floor mat is properlyplaced on the floor carpet. If the floormat slips and interferes with themovement of the pedals during driv-ing, it may cause an accident.

Floor mat

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1932002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

INFORMATION BEFORE DRIVING YOURTOYOTAOff–road vehicle precautions 194. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Break–in period 195. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel 195. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation in foreign countries 197. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Three–way catalytic converter 197. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine exhaust cautions 198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Facts about engine oil consumption 199. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Twin ground electrode spark plugs 200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake system 200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake pad wear limit indicators 204. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Luggage stowage precautions 204. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Your Toyota’s identification 205. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Theft prevention labels 206. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Suspension and chassis 206. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Types of tires 207. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 2

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

194 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

This vehicle belongs to the ut ility ve-hicle class, which has higher groundclearance and narrower tread in relationto the height of its center of gravity tomake it capable of performing in a widevariety of off–road applications. Specificdesign characteristics give it a highercenter of gravity than ordinary passen-ger cars. This vehicle design featurecauses this type of vehicle to be morelikely to rollover. And, utility vehicleshave a significantly higher rollover ratethan other types of vehicles. An advan-tage of the higher ground clearance isa better view of the road allowing youto anticipate problems. It is not de-signed for cornering at the samespeeds as ordinary passenger cars anymore than low–slung sports cars de-signed to perform satisfactorily underoff–road conditions. Therefore, sharpturns at excessive speeds may causerollover.

CAUTION

Always observe the following precau-tions to minimize the risk of seriouspersonal injury or damage to your ve-hicle:

� In a rollover crash, an unbelted per-son is significantly more likely todie than a person wearing a seatbelt. Therefore, the driver and allpassengers should fasten their seatbelts whenever the vehicle is mov-ing.

� Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneu-vers, if at all possible. Failure tooperate this vehicle correctly mayresult in loss of control or vehiclerollover causing death or seriousinjury.

� Avoid loading any items on the roofthat will raise the vehicle’s centerof gravity.

� Always slow down in gusty cross-winds. Because of its profile andhigher center of gravity, your ve-hicle is more sensitive to sidewinds than an ordinary passengercar. Slowing down will allow you tohave better control.

Off–road vehicle precautions

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1952002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� When driving off–road or in ruggedterrain, do not drive at excessivespeeds, jump, make sharp turns,strike objects, etc. This may causeloss of control or vehicle rollovercausing death or serious injury. Youare also risking expensive damageto your vehicle’s suspension andchassis.

� Do not drive horizontally acrosssteep slopes. Driving straight up orstraight down is preferred. Your ve-hicle (or any similar off–road ve-hicle) can tip over sideways muchmore easily than forward or back-ward.

Drive gently and avoid high speeds.

Your vehicle does not need an elaboratebreak–in. But following a few simple tipsfor the first 1600 km (1000 miles) can addto the future economy and long life ofyour vehicle:

� Do not drive over 88 km/h (55 mph).

� Run the engine at moderate speed be-tween 2000 and 4000 rpm.

� Avoid full–throttle starts.

� Try to avoid hard stops during the first300 km (200 miles).

� Do not drive for a long time at anysingle speed, either fast or slow.

� Do not tow a trailer during the first800km (500miles).

FUEL TYPE

Your new vehicle must use only un-leaded gasoline.

To help prevent gas station mix–ups, yourToyota has a smaller fuel tank opening.The special nozzle on pumps with un-leaded fuel will fit it, but the larger stan-dard nozzle on pumps with leaded gas willnot.

At a minimum, the gasoline you useshould meet the specifications of ASTMD4814 in the U.S.A. and CGSB 3.5–M93in Canada.

NOTICE

Do not use leaded gasoline. Use ofleaded gasoline will cause the three–way catalytic converter to lose its ef-fectiveness and the emission controlsystem to function improperly. Also,this can increase maintenance costs.

Break–in period Fuel

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

196 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

OCTANE RATING

Select Octane Rating 87 (Research Oc-tane Number 91) or higher.

Use of unleaded gasoline with an octanerating or research octane number lowerthan stated above will cause persistentheavy knocking. If it is severe, this willlead to engine damage.

If your engine knocks...

If you detect heavy knocking even whenusing the recommended fuel, or if youhear steady knocking while holding asteady speed on level roads, consult yourToyota dealer.

However, now and then, you may noticelight knocking for a short time while accel-erating or driving up hills. This is no needof concern.

GASOLINE CONTAINING DETERGENTADDITIVES

Toyota recommends the use of gasolinethat contains detergent additives toavoid build–up of engine deposits.

However, all gasoline sold in the U.S.contains detergent additives to keep cleanand/or clean intake systems.

QUALITY GASOLINE

Automotive manufacturers in the U.S.,Europe and Japan have developed aspecification for quality fuel namedWorld–Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) thatis expected to be applied world wide.The WWFC consists of three categoriesthat depend on required emission lev-els. In the U.S., category 3 has beenadopted. The WWFC improves air quali-ty by providing for better emissions invehicle fleets, and customer satisfactionthrough better vehicle performance.

CLEANER BURNING GASOLINE

Cleaner burning gasoline, including re-formulated gasoline that contains oxy-genates such as ethanol or MTBE isavailable in many areas.

Toyota recommends the use of cleanerburning gasoline and appropriately blendedreformulated gasoline. These types of gas-oline provide excellent vehicle perfor-mance, reduce vehicle emissions, and im-prove air quality.

OXYGENATES IN GASOLINE

Toyota allows the use of oxygenateblended gasoline where the oxygenatecontent is up to 10% ethanol or 15%MTBE. If you use gasohol in yourToyota, be sure that it has an octanerating no lower than 87.

Toyota does not recommend the use ofgasoline containing methanol.

GASOLINE CONTAINING MMT

Some gasoline contain an octane en-hancing additive called MMT (Methylcy-clopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).

Toyota does not recommend the use ofgasoline that contains MMT. If fuel con-taining MMT is used, your emission con-trol system may be adversely affected.The Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the in-strument cluster may come on. If this hap-pens, contact your Toyota dealer for ser-vice.

GASOLINE QUALITY

In a very few cases, you may experiencedriveability problems caused by the partic-ular gasoline that you are using. If youcontinue to have unacceptable driveability,try changing gasoline brands. If this doesnot rectify your problem, then consult yourToyota dealer.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1972002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

NOTICE

� Do not use gasohol other thanstated above. It will cause fuel sys-tem damage or vehicle performanceproblems.

� If driveab ility problems occur ( poorhot starting, vaporizing, engineknock, etc.), discontinue the use.

� Take care not to spill gasohol dur-ing refueling. Gasohol may causepaint damage.

FUEL TANK CAPACITY

70 L (18.5 gal., 15.4 Imp. gal.)

If you plan to drive your Toyota inanother country...

First, comply with the vehicle registrationlaws.

Second, confirm the availability of the cor-rect fuel (unleaded and minimum octanenumber).

The three–way catalytic converter is anemission control device installed in theexhaust system.

The purpose is to reduce pollutants in theexhaust gas.

CAUTION

� Keep people and combustible mate-rials away from the exhaust pipewhile the engine is running. Theexhaust gas is very hot.

� Do not drive, idle or park your ve-hicle over anything that might burneasily such as grass, leaves, paperor rags.

Operation in foreign countries Thr ee–way catalytic converter

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

198 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

NOTICE

A large amount of unburned gasesflowing into the three–way catalyticconverter may cause it to overheatand create a fire hazard. To preventthis and other damage, observe thefollowing precautions:

� Use only unleaded gasoline.

� Do not drive with an extremely lowfuel level; running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, creat-ing an excessive load on the three–way catalytic converter.

� Do not allow the engine to run atidle speed for more than 20 min-utes.

� Avoid racing the engine.

� Do not push–start or pull–start yourvehicle.

� Do not turn off the ignition whilethe vehicle is moving.

� Keep your engine in good runningorder. Malfunctions in the engineelectrical system, electronic ignitionsystem/distributor ignition systemor fuel systems could cause an ex-tremely high three–way catalyticconverter temperature.

� If the engine becomes difficult tostart or stalls frequently, take yourvehicle in for a check–up as soonas possible. Remember, your Toyotadealer knows your vehicle and itsthree–way catalytic converter sys-tem best.

� To ensure that the three–way cata-lytic converter and the entire emis-sion control system operate proper-ly, your vehicle must receive theperiodic inspections required by theToyota Maintenance Schedule. Forscheduled maintenance information,refer to the “Scheduled MaintenanceGuide” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment”.

CAUTION

� Avoid inhaling the engine exhaust.It contains carbon monoxide, whichis a colorless and odorless gas. Itcan cause unconsciousness or evendeath.

� Make sure the exhaust system hasno holes or loose connections. Thesystem should be checked fromtime to time. If you hit something,or notice a change in the sound ofthe exhaust, have the systemchecked immediately.

� Do not run the engine in a garageor enclosed area except for thetime needed to drive the vehicle inor out. The exhaust gases cannotescape, making this a particularlydangerous situation.

� Do not remain for a long time in aparked vehicle with the engine run-ning. If it is unavoidable, however,do so only in an unconfined areaand adjust the heating or coolingsystem to force outside air into thevehicle.

Engine exhaust cautions

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

1992002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� Keep the back door and back win-dow closed while driving. An openor unsealed back door and backwindow, may cause exhaust gasesto be drawn into the vehicle.

� To allow proper operation of yourvehicle’s ventilation system, keepthe inlet grilles in front of the wind-shield clear of snow, leaves, or oth-er obstructions.

� If you smell exhaust fumes in thevehicle, drive with the windowsopen and the back door and backwindow closed. Have the cause im-mediately located and corrected.

FUNCTIONS OF ENGINE OIL

Engine oil has the primary functions oflubricating and cooling the inside of theengine, and plays a major role in main-taining the engine in proper working order.

ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION

It is normal that an engine should con-sume some engine oil during normalengine operation. The causes of oilconsumption in a normal engine are asfollows.

� Oil is used to lubricate pistons, pistonrings and cylinders. A thin film of oilis left on the cylinder wall when a pis-ton moves downwards in the cylinder.High negative pressure generated whenthe vehicle is decelerating sucks someof this oil into the combustion chamber.This oil as well as some part of the oilfilm left on the cylinder wall is burnedby the high temperature combustiongases during the combustion process.

� Oil is also used to lubricate the stemsof the intake valves. Some of this oilis sucked into the combustion chambertogether with the intake air and isburned along with the fuel. High tem-perature exhaust gases also burn theoil used to lubricate the exhaust valvestems.

The amount of engine oil consumed de-pends on the viscosity of the oil, thequality of the oil and the conditions thevehicle is driven under.

More oil is consumed by high–speed driv-ing and frequent acceleration and decel-eration.

A new engine consumes more oil, sinceits pistons, piston rings and cylinder wallshave not become conditioned.

When judging the amount of oil con-sumption, note that the oil may becomediluted and make it difficult to judgethe true level accurately.

As an example, if a vehicle is used forrepeated short trips, and consumes a nor-mal amount of oil, the dipstick may notshow any drop in the oil level at all, evenafter 1000 km (600 miles) or more. Thisis because the oil is gradually becomingdiluted with fuel or moisture, making itappear that the oil level has not changed.

Facts about engine oilconsumption

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

200 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

The diluting ingredients evaporate outwhen the vehicle is then driven at highspeeds, as on an expressway, making itappear that oil is excessively consumedafter driving at high speeds.

IMPORTANCE OF ENGINE OIL LEVELCHECK

One of the most important points in prop-er vehicle maintenance is to keep the en-gine oil at the optimum level so that oilfunction will not be impaired. Therefore, itis essential that the oil level be checkedregularly. Toyota recommends that the oillevel be checked every time you refuelthe vehicle.

NOTICE

Failure to check the oil level regularlycould lead to serious engine troubledue to insufficient oil.

For detailed information on oil level check,see “Checking the engine oil level” in Sec-tion 7–2.

Your engine is fitted with twin groundelectrode spark plugs.

NOTICE

Use only twin ground electrode sparkplugs and do not adjust gaps for yourengine performance.

This brake system has 2 independent hy-draulic circuits. If either circuit should fail,the other will still work. However, the ped-al will be harder to press, and your stop-ping distance will be longer. Also, thebrake system warning light may come on.

CAUTION

Do not drive your vehicle with only asingle brake system. Have yourbrakes fixed immediately.

BRAKE BOOSTER

The brake booster uses brake fluid pres-surized by the pump to power–assist thebrakes. If the brake booster fails duringdriving, the brake system warning lightcomes on and buzzer sounds continuous-ly. In this case, the brakes may not workproperly. If they do not work well, depressthe brake pedal firmly. If the brake systemwarning light comes on, immediately stopyour vehicle and contact your Toyota deal-er.

The brake system warning light may stayon for about 60 seconds after the ignitionkey is turned to the “ON” position. It isnormal if the light turns off after a while.

Twin ground electrode sparkplugs Brake system

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2012002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Depressing the brake pedal repeatedlymay turn on the brake system warninglight and buzzer. It is normal if the lightturns off and the buzzer stops soundingafter a few seconds.

You may hear a small sound in the enginecompartment after the engine is started orthe brake pedal is depressed repeatedly.This is a pump pulsating sound of thebrake system, and it is not a malfunction.

CAUTION

� Do not pump the brake pedal if theengine stalls. Each push on thepedal uses up your brake fluidpressure reserve.

� Even if the power assist is com-pletely lost, the brakes will stillwork. But you will have to push thepedal hard, much harder than nor-mal. And your braking distance willbe longer.

ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (with “ABS” warning light)

The anti–lock brake system is designedto help prevent lock–up of the wheelsduring a sudden braking or braking onslippery road surfaces. This assists inproviding directional stability and steer-ing performance of the vehicle underthese circumstances.

Effective way to press the ABS brakepedal: When the anti–lock brake systemfunction is in action, you may feel thebrake pedal pulsating and hear a noise.In this situation, to let the anti–lockbrake system work for you, just hold thebrake pedal down more firmly. Do notpump the brake in a panic stop. Thiswill result in reduced braking performan-ce.

The anti–lock brake system becomes op-erative after the vehicle has acceleratedto a speed in excess of approximately 10km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when thevehicle decelerates to a speed belowapproximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

Depressing the brake pedal on slipperyroad surfaces such as on the manholecover, the steel plate under the construc-tion, joints in the bridge, etc. on a rainyday tends to activate the anti–lock brakesystem.

You may hear a click or motor sound inthe engine compartment for a few secondswhen the engine is started or just afterthe vehicle is started. This means that theanti–lock brake system is in the self–check mode, and does not indicate a mal-function.

When the anti–lock brake system is ac-tivated, the following conditions mayoccur. They do not indicate a malfunc-tion of the system:

� You may hear the anti–lock brake sys-tem operating and feel the brake pedalpulsating and the vibrations of the ve-hicle body and steering wheel. Youmay also hear the motor sound in theengine compartment even after the ve-hicle is stopped.

� At the end of the anti–lock brake sys-tem activation, the brake pedal maymove a little forward.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

202 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

CAUTION

Do not overestimate the anti–lockbrake system: Although the anti–lockbrake system assists in providing ve-hicle control, it is still important todrive with all due care and maintaina moderate speed and safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you, be-cause there are limits to the vehiclestability and effectiveness of steeringwheel operation even with the anti–lock brake system on.

If tires grip performance exceeds itscapability, or if hydroplaning occursduring high speed driving in the rain,the anti–lock brake system does notprovide vehicle control.

Anti–lock brake system is not de-signed to shorten the stopping dis-tance: Always drive at the moderatespeed and maintain a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you.Compared with vehicles without ananti–lock brake system, your vehiclemay require a longer stopping dis-tance in the following cases:

� Driving on rough, gravel or snow–covered roads.

� Driving with tire chains installed.

� Driving over the steps such as thejoints on the road.

� Driving on roads where the roadsurface is pitted or has other differ-ences in surface height.

Install all 4 tires of specified size atappropriate pressure: The anti–lockbrake system detects vehicle speedsusing the speed sensors for respec-tive wheels’ turning speeds. The useof tires other than specified may failto detect the accurate turning speedresulting in a longer stopping dis-tance.

Type A

Type B

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2032002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

“ABS” warning light

The light comes on when the ignition keyis turned to the “ON” position. If the anti–lock brake system and the brake assistsystem work properly, the light turns offafter a few seconds. Thereafter, if eitherof the systems malfunctions, the lightcomes on again.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti–lock brake system, the brake assistsystem, the traction control system (two–wheel drive vehicles), the active tractioncontrol system (four–wheel drive vehicles)and the vehicle skid control system do notoperate, but the brake system still oper-ates conventionally.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti–lock brake system does not operateso that the wheels could lock up duringa sudden braking or braking on slipperyroad surfaces.

“VSC TRAC” warning light may come onwith the “ABS” warning light (brake assistsystem warning light) when there is a mal-function somewhere in the anti–lock brakesystem (brake assist system).

If either of the following conditions oc-curs, this indicates a malfunction some-where in the parts monitored by thewarning light system. Contact your To-yota dealer as soon as possible to ser-vice the vehicle.

� The light does not come on when theignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-tion, or remains on.

� The light comes on while you are dri-ving.


CAUTION

If the “ABS” warning light remains ontogether with the brake system warn-ing light, immediately stop your ve-hicle at a safe place and contact yourToyota dealer.

In this case, not only the anti–lockbrake system will fail but also thevehicle will become extremely unsta-ble during braking.

Either of the following conditions donot indicate the malfunction.


� Depressing the brake pedal repeatedlymay turn on the light. It is normal if itturns off after a few seconds.

BRAKE ASSIST SYSTEM

When you slam the brakes on, thebrake assist system judges as an emer-gency stop and provides more powerfulbraking for a driver who cannot holddown the brake pedal firmly.

When you slam the brakes on, more pow-erful braking will be applied. At this time,you may hear a sound in the enginecompartment and feel the vibrations of thebrake pedal. This does not indicate a mal-function.

The brake assist system becomes opera-tive after the vehicle has accelerated toa speed in excess of approximately 10km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when thevehicle decelerates to a speed belowapproximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

204 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

For an explanation of this system’s warn-ing light, see “Service reminder indicatorsand warning buzzers” in Section 1–5.

The brake pad wear limit indicators onyour disc brakes give a warning noisewhen the brake pads are worn to wherereplacement is required.

If you hear a squealing or scraping noisewhile driving, have the brake padschecked and replaced by your Toyotadealer as soon as possible. Expensive ro-tor damage can result if the pads are notreplaced when necessary.

When stowing luggage or cargo in thevehicle, observe the following:

� Put luggage or cargo in the luggagecompartment when at all possible. Besure all items are secured in place.

� Be careful to keep the vehicle bal-anced. Locating the weight as far for-ward as possible helps maintain bal-ance.

� For better fuel economy, do not carryunneeded weight.

CAUTION

� To prevent luggage or packagesfrom sliding forward during braking,do not stack anything in the lug-gage compartment higher than theseatbacks. Keep luggage or pack-ages low, as close to the floor aspossible.

� Do not place anything on the flat-tened seat or it may slide forwardduring braking.

Brake pad wear limitindicators Luggage stowage pr ecautions

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2052002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� Never allow anyone to ride in theluggage compartment. It is not de-signed for passengers. They shouldride in their seats with their seatbelts properly fastened. Otherwise,they are much more likely to sufferserious bodily injury, in the eventof sudden braking or a co llision.

� Do not place anything on the lug-gage cover. Such items may bethrown about and possibly injurepeople in the vehicle during suddenbraking or an accident. Secure allitems in a safe place.

� Do not drive with objects left ontop of the instrument panel. Theymay interfere with the driver’s fieldof view. Or they may move duringsharp vehicle acceleration or turn-ing, and impair the driver’s controlof the vehicle. In an accident theymay injure the vehicle occupants.

NOTICE

Do not load the vehicle beyond thevehicle capacity weight specified inSection 8.

The vehicle identification number (VIN)is the legal identifier for your vehicle.This number is on the left top of theinstrument panel, and can be seenthrough the windshield from outside.

This is the primary identification numberfor your Toyota. It is used in registeringthe ownership of your vehicle.

The vehicle identification number (VIN) isalso on the Certification Label.

Your Toyota’s identification——Vehicle identification number

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

206 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown.

Your new vehicle carries theft preven-tion labels which are approximately 56mm (2.20 in.) by 16 mm (0.63 in.).

The purpose of these labels is to reducethe incidence of vehicle thefts by facilitat-ing the tracing and recovery of parts fromstolen vehicles. The label is designed sothat once it is applied to a surface, anyattempt to remove it will result in destroy-ing the integrity of the label. Transferringthese labels intact from one part to anoth-er, will be impossible.

NOTICE

You should not attempt to remove thetheft prevention labels as it may vio-late certain state or federal laws.

CAUTION

Do not modify the suspension/chassiswith lift kits, spacers, springs, etc. Itcan cause dangerous handling charac-teristics resulting in loss of control.

—Engine numberTheft prevention labels(except for Canada) Suspension and chassis

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2072002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Determine what kind of tires your ve-hicle is originally equipped with.

1. Summer tires

Summer tires are high–speed capabilitytires best suited to highway driving underdry conditions.

Since summer tires do not have the sametraction performance as snow tires, sum-mer tires are inadequate for driving onsnow–covered or icy roads. For driving onsnow–covered or icy roads, we recom-mend using snow tires. If installing snowtires, be sure to replace all four tires.

2. All season tires

All season tires are designed to providebetter traction in snow and to be adequatefor driving in most winter conditions, aswell as for use all year round.

All season tires, however, do not haveadequate traction performance comparedwith snow tires in heavy or loose snow.Also, all season tires fall short in accel-eration and handling performancecompared with summer tires in highwaydriving.

CAUTION

� Do not mix summer and all seasontires on your vehicle as this cancause dangerous handling charac-teristics, resulting in loss of con-trol.

� Do not use tire other than themanufacturer’s designated tires, andnever mix tires or wheels of thesizes different from the originals.

Types of tires

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

208 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2092002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

STARTING AND DRIVINGBefore starting the engine 210. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to start the engine 210. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tips for driving in various conditions 211. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Off–road driving precautions 212. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Winter driving tips 214. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dinghy towing 215. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trailer towing 215. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to save fuel and make your vehicle last longer 221. . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 3

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

210 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

1. Check the area around the vehicle be-fore entering it.

2. Adjust seat position, seatback angle,seat cushion angle, head restraintheight and steering wheel angle.

3. Adjust the inside and outside rear viewmirrors.

4. Lock all doors.

5. Fasten seat belts.

1. Apply the parking brake firmly.

2. Turn off unnecessary lights and acces-sories.

3. Put the selector lever in “P”. If youneed to restart the engine while thevehicle is moving, put the selector le-ver in “N”. A starter safety device willprevent the starter from operating if theselector lever is in any drive position.

4. Depress the brake pedal and hold it tothe floor until driving off.

Before starting the engine, be sure to fol-low the instructions in “(a) Before crank-ing”.

Normal starting procedure

The multiport fuel injection system/sequen-tial multiport fuel injection system in yourengine automatically controls the properair–fuel mixture for starting. You can starta cold or hot engine as follows:

1. With your foot off the accelerator ped-al, crank the engine by turning the keyto “START”. Release it when the en-gine starts.

2. After the engine runs for about 10 se-conds, you are ready to drive.

If the weather is below freezing, let theengine warm up for a few minutes beforedriving.

If the engine stalls...

Simply restart it, using the correct proce-dure given in normal starting.

If the engine will not start...

See “If your vehicle will not start” in Sec-tion 4.

Before starting the engineHow to start the engine—(a) Before cranking (b) Starting the engine

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2112002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

NOTICE

� Do not crank for more than 30 se-conds at a time. This may overheatthe starter and wiring systems.

� Do not race a cold engine.

� If the engine becomes difficult tostart or stalls frequently, have theengine checked immediately.

� Always slow down in gusty crosswinds.This will allow you much better control.

� Drive slowly onto curbs and, if pos-sible, at a right angle. Avoid drivingonto high, sharp–edged objects andother road hazards. Failure to do socan lead to severe tire damage result-ing in tire bursts.

Drive slowly when passing over bumpsor travelling on a bumpy road. Other-wise, the impact could cause severedamage to the tires and/or wheels.

� When parking on a hill, turn the frontwheels until they touch the curb sothat the vehicle will not roll. Apply theparking brake, and place the transmis-sion in “P”. If necessary, block thewheels.

� Washing your vehicle or driving throughdeep water may get the brakes wet. Tosee whether they are wet, check thatthere is no traffic near you, and thenpress the pedal lightly. If you do notfeel a normal braking force, the brakesare probably wet. To dry them, drivethe vehicle cautiously while lightlypressing the brake pedal with the park-ing brake applied. If they still do notwork safely, pull to the side of the roadand call a Toyota dealer for assistance.

� Four–wheel drive models—Toyota rec-ommends not using four–wheel drive ondry hard–surfaced roads, because four–wheel driving will cause unnecessarynoise and wear, and poor fuel econo-my.

� Four–wheel drive models—In cold tem-peratures, noise may occur when driv-ing in two–wheel drive before the trans-fer is warmed up. Therefore, first drivein four–wheel drive until the transfer iswarmed up.

CAUTION

� Before driving off, make sure thatthe parking brake is fully releasedand the parking brake reminderlight is off.

� Do not leave your vehicle unat-tended while the engine is running.

� Do not rest your foot on the brakepedal while driving. It can causedangerous overheating, needlesswear, and poor fuel economy.

Tips for driving in variousconditions

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

212 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� To drive down a long or steep hill,reduce your speed and downshift.Remember, if you ride the brakesexcessively, they may overheat andnot work properly.

� Be careful when accelerating, up-shifting, downshifting or braking ona slippery surface. Sudden accelera-tion or engine braking, could causethe vehicle to spin or skid.

� Do not drive in excess of the speedlimit. Even if the legal speed limitpermits it, do not drive over 140km/h (85 mph) unless your vehiclehas high–speed capability tires.Driving over 140 km/h (85 mph) mayresult in tire failure, loss of controland possible injury. Be sure to con-sult a tire dealer to determinewhether the tires on your vehicleare high–speed capability tires ornot before driving at such speeds.

� Do not continue normal drivingwhen the brakes are wet. If they arewet, your vehicle will require alonger stopping distance, and itmay pull to one side when thebrakes are applied. Also, the park-ing brake will not hold the vehiclesecurely.

When driving your vehicle off–road, pleaseobserve the following precautions to en-sure your driving enjoyment and to helpprevent the closure of areas to off–roadvehicles.

a. Drive your vehicle only in areas whereoff–road vehicles are permitted to trav-el.

b. Respect private property. Get owner’spermission before entering private prop-erty.

c. Do not enter areas that are closed.Honor gates, barriers and signs that re-strict travel.

d. Stay on established roads. When condi-tions are wet, driving techniques shouldbe changed or travel delayed to pre-vent damage to roads.

For owners in U.S. mainland, Hawaii andPuerto Rico:

To obtain additional information pertainingto driving your vehicle off–road, consultthe following organizations.

� State and Local Parks and RecreationDepartments

� State Motor Vehicle Bureau

Off–road driving precautions

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2132002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� Recreational Vehicle Clubs

� U.S. Forest Service and Bureau ofLand Management

CAUTION

Always observe the following precau-tions to minimize the risk of seriouspersonal injury or damage to your ve-hicle:

� Drive carefully when off the road.Do not take unnecessary risks bydriving in dangerous places.

� Do not grip the steering wheelspokes when driving off–road. Abad bump could jerk the wheel andinjure your hands. Keep both handsand especially your thumbs on theoutside of the rim.

� Always check your brakes for effec-tiveness immediately after driving insand, mud, water or snow.

� After driving through tall grass,mud, rock, sand, rivers, etc., checkthat there is no grass, bush, paper,rags, stone, sand, etc. adhering ortrapped on the underbody. Clear offany such matter from the under-body. If the vehicle is used withthese materials trapped or adheringto the underbody, a breakdown orfire could occur.

� In a rollover crash, an unbelted per-son is significantly more likely todie than a person wearing a seatbelt. Therefore, the driver and allpassengers should fasten their seatbelts whenever the vehicle is mov-ing.

� When driving off–road or in ruggedterrain, do not drive at excessivespeeds, jump, make sharp turns,strike objects, etc. This may causeloss of control or vehicle rollovercausing death or serious injury. Youare also risking expensive damageto your vehicle’s suspension andchassis.

NOTICE

� If driving through water, such aswhen crossing shallow streams,first check the depth of the waterand the bottom of the river bed forfirmness. Drive slowly and avoiddeep water.

� Take all necessary safety measuresto ensure that water damage to theengine or other components doesnot occur.

Water entering the engine air intakewill cause severe engine damage.

Water can wash the grease fromwheel bearings, causing rusting andpremature failure, and may also en-ter the differentials, transmissionand transfer case, reducing the gearoil’s lubricating qualities.

� Sand and mud that has accumulatedin brake drums and around brakediscs may affect braking efficiencyand may damage brake system com-ponents.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

214 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� Always perform a maintenance in-spection after each day of off–roaddriving that has taken you throughrough terrain, sand, mud, or water.For scheduled maintenance informa-tion, refer to the “Scheduled Main-tenance Guide” or “Owner’s ManualSupplement”.

Make sure you have a proper freezeprotection of engine coolant.

Your coolant must contain ethylene–glycoltype coolant for a proper corrosionprotection of aluminum components. Use“TOYOTA Long Life Coolant” or equivalent.

See Section 7–2 for details about coolanttype selection.

NOTICE

Do not use alcohol type antifreeze orplain water alone.

When it is extremely cold, we recommendto use 60% solution for your Toyota, toprovide protection down to about –50�C(–58�F). Do not use more than 70% solu-tion for better coolant performance.

Check the condition of the battery andcables.

Cold temperatures reduce the capacity ofany battery, so it must be in top shapeto provide enough power for winter start-ing. Section 7–3 tells you how to visuallyinspect the battery. Your Toyota dealerand most service stations will be pleasedto check the level of charge.

Make sure the engine oil viscosity issuitable for the cold weather.

See Section 7–2 for recommended viscos-ity. Leaving a heavy summer oil in yourvehicle during winter months may causeharder starting. If you are not sure aboutwhich oil to use, call your Toyota dealer—he will be pleased to help.

Keep the door locks from freezing.

Squirt lock de–icer or glycerine into thelocks to keep them from freezing.

Use a washer fluid containing an anti-freeze solution.

This product is available at your Toyotadealer and most auto parts stores. Followthe manufacturer’s directions for howmuch to mix with water.

NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or anyother substitute because it may dam-age your vehicle’s paint.

Winter driving tips

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2152002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Do not use your parking brake whenthere is a possibility it could freeze.

When parking, put the transmission into“P” and block the front wheels. Do notuse the parking brake, or snow or wateraccumulated in and around the parkingbrake mechanism may freeze, making ithard to release.

Keep ice and snow from accumulatingunder the fenders.

Ice and snow built up under your fenderscan make steering difficult. During badwinter driving, stop and check under thefenders occasionally.

Depending on where you are driving,we recommend you carry some emer-gency equipment.

Some of the things you might put in thevehicle are tire chains, window scraper,bag of sand or salt, flares, small shovel,jumper cables, etc.

Your vehicle is not designed to bedinghy towed (with four wheels on theground) behind a motorhome.

NOTICE

Do not tow your vehicle with fourwheels on the ground. This maycause serious damage to your vehicle.

Your vehicle is designed primarily as apassenger–and–load–carrying vehicle. Tow-ing a trailer will have an adverse effect onhandling, performance, braking, durabilityand driving economy (fuel consumption,etc.). Your safety and satisfaction dependon the proper use of correct equipmentand cautious driving habits. For your safe-ty and the safety of others, you must notoverload your vehicle or trailer. Ask yourlocal Toyota dealer for further details be-fore towing.

WEIGHT LIMITS

Before towing, make sure the total trail-er weight, gross combination weight,gross vehicle weight, gross axle weightand trailer tongue load are all withinthe limits.

The total trailer weight and tongue loadcan be measured with platform scalesfound at a highway weighing station, build-ing supply company, trucking company,junk yard, etc.

Dinghy towing Trailer towing

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

216 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

CAUTION

� The maximum gross trailer weight(trailer weight plus cargo weight)must never exceed 2267 kg (5000lb.).

If towing a trailer and cargo weigh-ing over 907 kg (2000 lb.), it isnecessary to use a sway controldevice with sufficient capacity. Thecombination of the gross trailerweight added to the total weight ofthe vehicle, occupants and vehiclecargo must never exceed a total ofthe following.

Two–wheel drive models3992 kg (8800 lb.)

Four–wheel drive models4173 kg (9200 lb.)

Exceeding the maximum weight ofthe trailer, the vehicle, or the ve-hicle and trailer combination, cancause an accident resulting in seri-ous personal injuries.

� Trailer hitch assemblies have differ-ent weight capacities established bythe hitch manufacturer. Even thoughthe vehicle may be physically capa-ble of towing a higher weight, theoperator must determine the maxi-mum weight rating of the particularhitch assembly and never exceedthe maximum weight rating speci-fied for the trailer–hitch. Exceedingthe maximum weight rating set bythe trailer hitch manufacturer cancause an accident resulting in seri-ous personal injuries.

� The gross vehicle weight must notexceed the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) indicated on theCertification Label. The gross vehi-cle weight is the sum of weights ofthe unloaded vehicle, driver, pas-sengers, luggage, hitch and trailertongue load. It also includes theweight of any special equipmentinstalled on your vehicle.

� The load on either the front or rearaxle resulting from distribution ofthe gross vehicle weight on bothaxles must not exceed the GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR) listedon the Certification Label.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2172002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Total trailer weight Tongue load

Tongue load

Total trailer weight� 100 15% (∗1) or

9 to 11%(∗2)

� The trailer cargo load should bedistributed so that the tongue loadis 15% for weight distributing hitch(∗1) or 9 to 11% for weight carryinghitch ( ∗2) of the total trailer weight,not exceeding the maximum of 226kg (500 lb.). Never load the trailerwith more weight in the back thanin the front. About 60% of the trail-er load should be in the front halfof the trailer and the remaining 40%in the rear.

HITCHES

� Use only a hitch recommended by thehitch manufacturer and the one whichconforms to the total trailer weightrequirement.

� The hitch must be bolted securely tothe vehicle frame and installed accord-ing to the hitch manufacturer’s instruc-tions.

� The hitch ball and king pin should havea light coat of grease.

� Toyota recommends removing the hitchwhen not towing to prevent injury and/or damage due to the hitch in event ofa rear end collision. After removal ofthe hitch, seal the installation area toprevent entry of exhaust fumes andmud.

NOTICE

Do not use an axle–mounting hitch asit may cause damage to the axlehousing, wheel bearings, wheels andor tires.

BRAKES AND SAFETY CHAINS

� Toyota recommends trailers withbrakes that conform to any applica-ble federal and state/provincial regu-lations.

� A safety chain must always be usedbetween the towing vehicle and thetrailer. Leave sufficient slack in thechain for turns. The chain shouldcross under the trailer tongue toprevent the tongue from dropping tothe ground in case it becomes dam-aged or separated. For correct safetychain procedures, follow the hitch ortrailer manufacturer’s recommenda-tions.

CAUTION

� If the total trailer weight exceeds453 kg (1000 lb.), trailer brakes arerequired .

� Never tap into your vehicle’s hy-draulic system as it would lower itsbraking effectiveness .

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

218 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� Never tow a trailer without using asafety chain securely attached toboth the trailer and the vehicle. Ifdamage occurs to the coupling unitor hitch ball, there is danger of thetrailer wandering over into anotherlane.

TIRES

� Ensure that your vehicle’s tires areproperly inflated. See Section 7–2 forinstructions.

� The trailer tires should be inflated tothe pressure recommended by the trail-er manufacturer in respect to the totaltrailer weight.

TRAILER LIGHTS

� Your vehicle is equipped with a wireharness stored in the rear end underbody. Some models are fitted with asocket for trailer lights under the rearbumper. Use either of them to connectand operate the trailer lights. However,the trailer lights must comply with fed-eral, state/provincial and local regula-tions. See your local recreational ve-hicle dealer or rental agency for thecorrect type of wiring and relays foryour trailer. Check for correct operationof the turn signals and stop lights eachtime you hitch up. Direct splicing maydamage your vehicle’s electrical systemand cause a malfunction of your lights.

BREAK–IN SCHEDULE

� Toyota recommends that you do nottow a trailer with a new vehicle or avehicle with any new power train com-ponent (engine, transmission, differen-tial, wheel bearing, etc.) for the first800 km (500 miles) of driving.

MAINTENANCE

� If you tow a trailer, your vehicle willrequire more frequent maintenance dueto the additional load. For this informa-tion, please refer to the scheduledmaintenance information in the “Sched-uled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’sManual Supplement”.

� Retighten all fixing bolts of the towingball and bracket after approximately1000 km (600 miles) of trailer driving.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2192002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

PRE–TOWING SAFETY CHECK

� Check that your vehicle remains levelwhen a loaded or unloaded trailer ishitched. Do not drive if the vehicle hasan abnormal nose–up or nose–downcondition, and check for impropertongue load, overload, worn suspensionor other possible causes.

� Make sure the trailer cargo is securelyloaded so that it cannot shift.

� Check that your rear view mirrors con-form to any applicable federal, state/provincial or local regulations. If not,install the rear view mirrors requiredfor towing purpose.

TRAILER TOWING TIPS

When towing a trailer, your vehicle willhandle differently than when not tow-ing. The three main causes of vehicle–trailer accidents are driver error, exces-sive speed and improper trailer loading.Keep these in mind when towing:

� Before starting out, check operation ofthe lights and all vehicle–trailer connec-tions. After driving a short distance,stop and recheck the lights and con-nections. Before actually towing a trail-er, practice turning, stopping and back-ing with a trailer in an area away fromtraffic until you learn the feel.

� Backing with a trailer is difficult andrequires practice. Grip the bottom ofthe steering wheel and move your handto the left to move the trailer to theleft. Move your hand to the right tomove the trailer to the right. (This pro-cedure is generally opposite to thatwhen backing without a trailer). Also,just turn the steering wheel a little ata time, avoiding sharp or prolongedturning. Have someone guide you whenbacking to reduce the risk of an acci-dent.

� Because stopping distance may be in-creased, vehicle–to–vehicle distanceshould be increased when towing atrailer. For each 16 km/h (10 mph) ofspeed, allow at least one vehicle andtrailer length between you and the ve-hicle ahead. Avoid sudden braking asyou may skid, resulting in jackknifingand loss of control. This is especiallytrue on wet or slippery surfaces.

� Avoid jerky starts or sudden accelera-tion.

� Avoid jerky steering and sharp turns.The trailer could hit your vehicle in atight turn. Slow down before making aturn to avoid the necessity of suddenbraking.

� Remember that when making a turn,the trailer wheels will be closer thanthe vehicle wheels to the inside of theturn. Therefore, compensate for this bymaking a larger than normal turningradius with your vehicle.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

220 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-versely affect handling of your vehicleand trailer, causing sway. Pay attentionto the rear from time to time to pre-pare yourself for being passed by largetrucks or buses, which may cause yourvehicle and trailer to sway. If swayinghappens, firmly grip the steering wheeland reduce speed immediately butgradually. Never increase speed. Steerstraight ahead. If you make no extremecorrection with the steering or brakes,the vehicle and trailer will stabilize.

� Be careful when passing other ve-hicles. Passing requires considerabledistance. After passing a vehicle, donot forget the length of your trailer andbe sure you have plenty of room befo-re changing lanes.

� In order to maintain engine braking effi-ciency, do not use overdrive.

� Because of the added load of the trail-er, your vehicle’s engine may overheaton hot days (at temperatures over30�C [85�F]) when going up a long orsteep grade with a trailer. If the enginecoolant temperature gauge indicatesoverheating, immediately turn off the airconditioning (if in use), pull off the roadand stop in a safe spot. Refer to “Ifyour vehicle overheats” in Section 4.

� Always place wheel blocks under boththe vehicle and trailer wheels whenparking. Apply the parking brake firmly.Put the transmission in “P”. Avoid park-ing on a slope with a trailer, but if itcannot be avoided, do so only afterperforming the following:

1. Apply the brakes and hold.

2. Have someone place wheel blocks un-der both the vehicle and trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel blocks are in place,release your brakes slowly until theblocks absorb the load.

4. Apply the parking brake firmly.

5. Shift into “P” and turn off the engine.

When restarting out after parking on aslope:

1. With the transmission in “P” position,start the engine. Be sure to keep thebrake pedal depressed.

2. Shift into gear.

3. Release the parking brake and brakepedal and slowly pull or back awayfrom the wheel blocks. Stop and applyyour brakes.

4. Have someone retrieve the blocks.

CAUTION

� Do not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph) orthe posted towing speed limit,whichever is lower. Because insta-bility (swaying) of a towing vehicle–trailer combination usually in-creases as the speed increases, ex-ceeding 72 km/h (45 mph) maycause loss of control.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2212002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� Slow down and downshift beforedescending steep or long downhillgrades. Do not make sudden down-shifts.

� Avoid holding the brake pedal downtoo long or too frequently. Thiscould cause the brakes to overheatand result in reduced braking effi-ciency.

Improving fuel economy is easy—just takeit easy. It will help make your vehicle lastlonger, too. Here are some specific tipson how to save money on both fuel andrepairs:

� Keep your tires inflated at the cor-rect pressure. Underinflation causestire wear and wastes fuel. See Section7–2 for instructions.

� Do not carry unneeded weight inyour vehicle. Excess weight puts aheavier load on the engine, causinggreater fuel consumption.

� Avoid lengthy warm–up idling. Oncethe engine is running smoothly, begindriving—but gently. Remember, howev-er, that on cold winter days this maytake a little longer.

� Keep the automatic transmissionoverdrive turned on when enginebraking is not required. Driving withthe overdrive off will reduce the fueleconomy. (For details, see “Automatictransmission” in Section 1–6.)

� Accelerate slowly and smoothly.Avoid jackrabbit starts. Get into highgear as quickly as possible.

� Avoid long engine idling. If you havea long wait and you are not in traffic,it is better to turn off the engine andstart again later.

� Avoid engine lugging or over–rev-ving. Use a gear position suitable forthe road on which you are travelling.

� Avoid continuous speeding up andslowing down. Stop–and–go drivingwastes fuel.

� Avoid unnecessary stopping andbraking. Maintain a steady pace. Tryto time the traffic signals so you onlyneed to stop as little as possible ortake advantage of through streets toavoid traffic lights. Keep a proper dis-tance from other vehicles to avoid sud-den braking. This will also reduce wearon your brakes.

� Avoid heavy traffic or traffic jamswhenever possible.

� Do not rest your foot on the brakepedal. This causes premature wear,overheating and poor fuel economy.

� Maintain a moderate speed on high-ways. The faster you drive, the greaterthe fuel consumption. By reducing yourspeed, you will cut down on fuel con-sumption.

How to save fuel and makeyour vehicle last longer

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

222 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� Keep the front wheels in properalignment. Avoid hitting the curb andslow down on rough roads. Improperalignment not only causes faster tirewear but also puts an extra load onthe engine, which, in turn, wastes fuel.

� Keep the bottom of your vehicle freefrom mud, etc. This not only lessensweight but also helps prevent corro-sion.

� Keep your vehicle tuned–up and intop shape. A dirty air cleaner, improp-er valve clearance, dirty plugs, dirty oiland grease,brakes not adjusted, etc. alllower engine performance and contrib-ute to poor fuel economy. For longerlife of all parts and lower operatingcosts, keep all maintenance work onschedule, and if you often drive undersevere conditions, see that your vehiclereceives more frequent maintenance.(For scheduled maintenance informa-tion, please refer to the “ScheduledMaintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manu-al Supplement”).

CAUTION

Never turn off the engine to coastdown hills. Your power steering andbrake booster will not function with-out the engine running. Also, theemission control system operatesproperly only when the engine is run-ning.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2232002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCYIf your vehicle will not start 224. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your engine stalls while driving 227. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you cannot increase the engine speed 227. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your vehicle overheats 228. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you have a flat tire 229. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your vehicle needs to be towed 236. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you cannot shift automatic transmission selector lever 241. . . . . . . . If you lose your keys 242. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you lose your wireless remote control transmitter 243. . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 4

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

224 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Before making these checks, make sureyou have followed the correct startingprocedure given in “How to start theengine” in Section 3 and that you havesufficient fuel. If your vehicle is equippedwith the engine immobiliser system, alsocheck whether the other keys will start theengine. If they work, your key may bebroken. Have the key checked at yourToyota dealer. If none of your keys work,the system is possibly broken. Call yourToyota dealer. (See “Keys (with engineimmobiliser system)” in Section 1–2.)

If the engine is not turning over or isturning over too slowly—

1. Check that the battery terminals aretight and clean.

2. If the battery terminals are O.K., switchon the interior light.

3. If the light is out, dim or goes outwhen the starter is cranked, the batteryis discharged. You may try jump start-ing. See “(c) Jump starting” for furtherinstructions.

If the light is O.K., but the engine still willnot start, it needs adjustment or repair.Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repairshop.

NOTICE

Do not pull– or push–start the ve-hicle. It may damage the vehicle orcause a collision when the enginestarts. Also the three–way catalyticconverter may overheat and become afire hazard.

If the engine turns over at its normalspeed but will not start—

1. The engine may be flooded because ofrepeated cranking. See “(b) Starting aflooded engine” for further instructions.

2. If the engine still will not start, it needsadjustment or repair. Call a Toyotadealer or qualified repair shop.

If the engine will not start, your enginemay be flooded because of repeatedcranking.

If this happens, turn the key to “START”with the accelerator pedal held down.Keep the key and accelerator pedal inthese position for 15 seconds and releasethem. Then try starting the engine withyour foot off the accelerator pedal.

If the engine does not start after 15 se-conds of cranking, release the key, waita few minutes and try again.

If the engine still will not start, it needsadjustment or repair. Call a Toyota dealeror qualified repair shop for assistance.

NOTICE

Do not crank for more than 30 se-conds at a time. This may overheatthe starter and wiring systems.

If your vehicle will not start—(a) Simple checks (b) Starting a flooded engine

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2252002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

To avoid serious personal injury anddamage to your vehicle which might re-sult from battery explosion, acid burns,electrical burns, or damaged electroniccomponents, these instructions must befollowed precisely.

If you are unsure about how to follow thisprocedure, we strongly recommend thatyou seek the help of a competent me-chanic or towing service.

CAUTION

� Batteries contain sulfuric acidwhich is poisonous and corrosive.Wear protective safety glasses whenjump starting, and avoid spillingacid on your skin, clothing, or ve-hicle.

� If you should accidentally get acidon yourself or in your eyes, removeany contaminated clothing and flushthe affected area with water imme-diately. Then get immediate medicalattention. If possible, continue toapply water with a sponge or clothwhile en route to the medical office.

� The gas normally produced by abattery will explode if a flame orspark is brought near. Use onlystandardized jumper cables and donot smoke or light a match whilejump starting.

� Warning: Battery posts, terminalsand related accessories contain leadand lead compounds, chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and reproductiveharm. Wash hands after handling.

NOTICE

The battery used for boosting mustbe 12 V. Do not jump start unless youare sure that the booster battery iscorrect.

JUMP STARTING PROCEDURE

1. If the booster battery is installed inanother vehicle, make sure the vehiclesare not touching. Turn off all unneces-sary lights and accessories.

2. If required, remove all the vent plugsfrom the booster and discharged batter-ies. Lay a cloth over the open ventson the batteries. (This helps reduce theexplosion hazard, personal injuries andburns.)

3. If the engine in the vehicle with thebooster battery is not running, start itand let it run for a few minutes. Duringjump starting run the engine at about2000 rpm with the accelerator pedallightly depressed.

(c) Jump starting

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

226 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Positiveterminal(“+” mark)

Boosterbattery

Positive terminal(“+” mark)

Jumper cable

Dischargedbattery

4. Make the cable connections in the or-der a, b, c, d.

a. Connect the clamp of the positive(red) jumper cable to the positive (+)terminal on the discharged battery.

b. Connect the clamp at the other endof the positive (red) jumper cable tothe positive (+) terminal on the boosterbattery.

Dischargedbattery

Jumper cable

Booster battery

Negativeterminal(“–” mark)

c. Connect the clamp of the negative(black) jumper cable to the negative (–)terminal on the booster battery.

d. Connect the clamp at the other endof the negative (black) jumper cable toa solid, stationary, unpainted, metallicpoint of the vehicle with the dischargedbattery.

The recommended connecting point isshown in the following illustration:

Connecting point

Do not connect it to or near any partthat moves when the engine iscranked.

CAUTION

When making the connections, toavoid serious injury, do not lean overthe battery or accidentally let thejumper cables or clamps touch any-thing except the correct battery termi-nals or the ground.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2272002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

5. Start your engine in the normal way.After starting, run it at about 2000 rpmfor several minutes with the acceleratorpedal lightly depressed.

6. Carefully disconnect the cables in theexact reverse order: the negative cableand then the positive cable.

7. Carefully dispose of the battery covercloths—they may now contain sulfuricacid.

8. If removed, replace all the battery ventplugs.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent (for example, lights left on),you should have it checked.

If your engine stalls while driving...

1. Reduce your speed gradually, keepinga straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.

3. Try starting the engine again.

If the engine will not start, see “If yourvehicle will not start”.

CAUTION

If the engine is not running, the pow-er assist for the brakes and steeringwill not work so steering and brakingwill be much harder than usual.

If the engine speed does not increase withthe accelerator pedal depressed down toabout the middle position, there may be aproblem somewhere in your electronicthrottle control system.

At this time, if you depress the accelera-tor pedal more firmly and slowly, you candrive you vehicle at low speeds. Haveyour vehicle checked by your Toyota deal-er as soon as possible.

Even if the abnormality of the electronicthrottle control system is corrected duringlow speed driving, the system may not berecovered until the engine is stopped andthe ignition key is turned to “ACC” or“LOCK” position.

CAUTION

Be especially careful to prevent erro-neous pedal operation.

If your engine stalls whiledriving

If you cannot incr ease theengine speed

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

228 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

If your engine coolant temperaturegauge indicates overheating, if you ex-perience a loss of power, or if you heara loud knocking or pinging noise, theengine has probably overheated. Youshould follow this procedure...

1. Pull safely off the road, stop the ve-hicle and turn on your emergencyflashers. Put the transmission in “P”and apply the parking brake. Turn offthe air conditioning if it is being used.

2. If coolant or steam is boiling out of theradiator or reservoir, stop the engine.Wait until the steam subsides beforeopening the hood. If there is no coolantboiling over or steam, leave the enginerunning.

CAUTION

To help avoid personal injury, keepthe hood closed until there is nosteam. Escaping steam or coolant isa sign of very high pressure.

3. Visually check to see if the enginedrive belt (fan belt) is broken or loose.Look for obvious coolant leaks from theradiator, hoses, and under the vehicle.However, note that water draining fromthe air conditioning is normal if it hasbeen used.

CAUTION

When the engine is running, keephands and clothing away from themoving fan and engine drive belts.

4. If the engine drive belt is broken or thecoolant is leaking, stop the engine im-mediately. Call a Toyota dealer for as-sistance.

5. If the engine drive belt is O.K. andthere are no obvious leaks, you mayhelp the engine cool down more quicklyby running it at about 1500 rpm for afew minutes with the accelerator pedallightly depressed.

6. Check the coolant reservoir. If it is dry,add coolant to the reservoir while theengine is running. Fill it about half full.

CAUTION

Do not attempt to remove the radiatorcap when the engine and radiator arehot. Serious injury could result fromscalding hot fluid and steam blownout under pressure.

7. After the engine coolant temperaturehas cooled to normal, again check thecoolant level in the reservoir. If neces-sary, bring it up to half full again. Seri-ous coolant loss indicates a leak in thesystem. You should have it checked assoon as possible at your Toyota dealer.

If your vehicle overheats

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2292002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

1. Reduce your speed gradually, keepinga straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place well away fromthe traffic. Avoid stopping on the centerdivider of a highway. Park on a levelspot with firm ground.

2. Stop the engine and turn on youremergency flashers.

3. Firmly set the parking brake and putthe transmission in “P”.

4. Have everyone get out of the vehicleon the side away from traffic.

5. Read the following instructions thor-oughly.

CAUTION

When jacking, be sure to observe thefollowing to reduce the possibility ofpersonal injury:

� Follow jacking instructions.

� Do not put any part of your bodyunder the vehicle supported by thejack. Personal injury may occur.

� Do not start or run the engine whileyour vehicle is supported by thejack.

� Stop the vehicle on a level firmground, firmly set the parking brakeand put the transmission in “P”.Block the wheel diagonally oppositeto the one being changed if neces-sary.

� Make sure to set the jack properlyin the jack point. Raising the ve-hicle with jack improperly posi-tioned will damage the vehicle ormay allow the vehicle to fall off thejack and cause personal injury.

� Never get under the vehicle whenthe vehicle is supported by the jackalone.

� Use the jack only for lifting yourvehicle during wheel changing.

� Do not raise the vehicle with some-one in the vehicle.

� When raising the vehicle, do notput an object on or under the jack.

� Raise the vehicle only high enoughto remove and change the tire.

NOTICE

Do not continue driving with a de-flated tire. Driving even a short dis-tance can damage a tire and wheelbeyond repair.

If you have a flat tire—

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

230 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Cover(on some models)

1. Get the required tools and sparetire.

1. Tool bag2. Jack handle3. Jack

To prepare yourself for an emergency, youshould familiarize yourself with the use ofthe jack, each of the tools and their stor-age locations.

Turn the jack joint by hand.

To remove: Turn the joint in direction 1until the jack is free.To store: Turn the joint in direction 2 untilthe jack is firmly secured to prevent itflying forward during a collision or suddenbraking.

To remove the spare tire:

1. Insert the end of the jack handle intothe lowering screw and turn it counter-clockwise.

2. After the tire is lowered completely tothe ground, remove the holding brack-et.

When storing the spare tire, put it in placewith the outer side of the wheel facing up.Then secure the tire, taking care that thetire goes straight up without catching onany other part, to prevent it from flyingforward during a collision or sudden brak-ing.

—Required tools and sparetire

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2312002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

2. Block the wheel diagonally oppositethe flat tire to keep the vehicle fromrolling when it is j acked up.

When blocking the wheel, place a wheelblock from the front for the front wheelsor from the rear for the rear wheels.

Steel wheels

Aluminum wheels

3. Remove the wheel ornament.

Pry off the wheel ornament, using thebeveled end of the wheel nut wrench asshown.

CAUTION

Do not try to pull off the ornament byhand. Take due care in handling theornament to avoid unexpected person-al injury.

—Blocking the wheel —Removing wheel ornament

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

232 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

4. Loosen all the wheel nuts.

Always loosen the wheel nuts before rais-ing the vehicle.

Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwise toloosen. To get maximum leverage, fit thewrench to the nut so that the handle ison the right side, as shown above. Grabthe wrench near the end of the handleand pull up on the handle. Be careful thatthe wrench does not slip off the nut.

Do not remove the nuts yet—just unscrewthem about one–half turn.

Front Rear

Two–wheel drive models

RearFront

Four–wheel drive models

5. Position the jack at the correct jackpoint as shown.

Make sure the jack is positioned on alevel and solid place.

—Loosening wheel nuts —Positioning the jack

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2332002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

6. After making sure that no one is inthe vehicle, raise it high enough sothat the spare tire can be installed.

Remember you will need more groundclearance when putting on the spare tirethan when removing the flat tire.

To raise the vehicle, insert the jack handleextension in to the jack (it is a loose fit)and turn it clockwise with the handle,making sure the handle remains firmlyfitted onto the jack handle extension. Asthe jack touches the vehicle and beginsto fit, double–check that it is properlypositioned.

CAUTION

Never get under the vehicle when thevehicle is supported by the jackalone.

7. Remove the wheel nuts and changetires.

Lift the flat tire straight off and put itaside.

Roll the spare wheel into position andalign the holes in the wheel with the bolts.Then lift up the wheel and get at least thetop bolt started through its hole. Wigglethe tire and press it back over the otherbolts.

—Raising your vehicle —Changing wheels

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

234 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Before putting on wheels, remove any cor-rosion on the mounting surfaces with awire brush or such. Installation of wheelswithout good metal–to–metal contact at themounting surface can cause wheel nuts toloosen and eventually cause a wheel tocome off while driving. Therefore after thefirst 1600 km (1000 miles), check to seethat the wheel nuts are tight.

8. Reinstall all the wheel nuts fingertight.

Reinstall the wheel nuts (tapered end in-ward) and tighten them as much as youcan by hand. Press back on the tire backand see if you can tighten them more.

9. Lower the vehicle completely andtighten the wheel nuts.

Turn the jack handle extension counter-clockwise with handle to lower the vehicle,making sure the handle remains firmlyfitted onto the jack handle extension.

Use only the wheel nut wrench and turnit clockwise to tighten the nuts. Do notuse other tools or any additional leverageother than your hands, such as a hammer,pipe or your foot. Make sure the wrenchis securely engaged over the nut.

Tighten each nut a little at a time in theorder shown. Repeat the process until allthe nuts are tight.

—Reinstalling wheel nuts —Lowering your vehicle

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2352002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

CAUTION

When lowering the vehicle, make sureall portions of your body and all oth-er persons around will not be injuredas the vehicle is lowered to theground.

Steel wheels

Aluminum wheels

10. Reinstall the wheel ornament.

Put the wheel ornament into position andthen tap it firmly with the side or heel ofyour hand to snap it into place.

CAUTION

Take due care in handling the orna-ment to avoid unexpected personalinjury.

—Reinstalling wheel ornament

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

236 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

11. Check the air pressure of the re-placed tire.

Adjust the air pressure to the specificationdesignated in Section 8. If the pressure islower, drive slowly to the nearest servicestation and fill to the correct pressure.

Do not forget to reinstall the tire inflationvalve cap as dirt and moisture could getinto the valve core and possibly cause airleakage. If the cap is missing, have a newone put on as soon as possible.

12. Restow all the tools, jack and flattire securely.

As soon after changing wheels as pos-sible, tighten the wheel nuts to the torquespecified in Section 8 with a torquewrench. Have a technician repair the flattire.

CAUTION

Before driving, make sure all thetools, jack and flat tire are securelyin place in their storage location toreduce the possibility of personal in-jury during a collision or s uddenbraking.

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—

—From front

—From rear

(b) Using flat bed truck

Two–wheel drive models

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—

—From front

—From rear


Four–wheel drive models

—After changing wheelsIf your vehicle needs to betowed—

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2372002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

If towing is necessary, we recom-mended you to have it done by yourToyota dealer or a commercial towtruck service. In consultation with them,have your vehicle towed using either (a)or (b).

Only when you cannot receive a towingservice from a Toyota dealer or com-mercial tow truck service, tow your ve-hicle carefully in accordance with theinstructions given in “—Emergency tow-ing” in this section.

Proper equipment will help ensure thatyour vehicle is not damaged while beingtowed. Commercial operators are generallyaware of the state/provincial and locallaws pertaining to towing.

Your vehicle can be damaged if it istowed incorrectly. Although most operatorsknow the correct procedure, it is possibleto make a mistake. To avoid damage toyour vehicle, make sure the following pre-cautions are observed. If necessary, showthis page to the tow truck driver.

TOWING PRECAUTIONS:

Use a safety chain system for all towing,and abide by the state/provincial and locallaws. The wheels and axle on the groundmust be in good condition. If they aredamaged, use a towing dolly.

Two–wheel drive models—

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck

From front—

Use a towing dolly under the rear wheels.

NOTICE

Never tow a vehicle with an automatictransmission from the front with therear wheels on the ground, as thismay cause serious damage to thetransmission.

From rear— Place the ignition key in the“ACC” position.

NOTICE

� When lifting wheels, take care toensure adequate ground clearancefor towing at the opposite end ofthe raised vehicle. Otherwise, thebumper and/or underbody of thetowed vehicle will be damaged dur-ing towing.

� Do not tow with the key removed orin the “LOCK” position, as thesteering lock mechanism is notstrong enough to hold the frontwheels straight while towing.


’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

238 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Four–wheel drive models—

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck

From front—

Use a towing dolly under the rear wheels.

NOTICE

Never tow a vehicle with an automatictransmission from the front with therear wheels on the ground, as thismay cause serious damage to thetransmission.

From rear— We recommend using a tow-ing dolly under the front wheels. If you donot use a towing dolly, place the ignitionkey in the “ACC” position, put the trans-mission in “N” and the transfer in “H”mode (high speed position, two–wheeldrive).

NOTICE

Do not tow with the key removed orin the “LOCK” position when towingfrom the rear without a towing dolly.The steering lock mechanism is notstrong enough to hold the frontwheels straight.


(c) Towing with sling type truck

All models—

(c) Towing with sling type truck

NOTICE

Do not tow with sling type truck, ei-ther from the front or rear. This maycause body damage.

If towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by your Toyotadealer or a commercial tow truck ser-vice.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tempo-rarily towed by a cable or chain se-cured to the emergency towing hook.Use extreme caution when towing ve-hicles.

Four–wheel drive models—Before towing,remove the towing hook cover in front ofthe emergency towing hook. By doing this,it prevents the towing cable from damag-ing the bumper. See “—Removing towinghook cover for emergency towing” for in-structions.

—Emergency towing

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2392002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

NOTICE

Only use specified towing hook;otherwise your vehicle may be dam-aged.

A driver must be in the vehicle to steerit and operate the brakes.

Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard–surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, drive train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.

CAUTION

Use extreme caution when towing ve-hicles. Avoid sudden starts or erraticdriving maneuvers which would placeexcessive stress on the emergencytowing hook and towing cable orchain. The hook and towing cable orchain may break and cause seriousinjury or damage.

NOTICE

Use only a cable or chain specificallyintended for use in towing vehicles.Securely fasten the cable or chain tothe towing hook provided.

Before towing, release the parking brakeand put the transmission in “N” and thetransfer in “H” mode (high speed position,two–wheel drive). The key must be in“ACC” (engine off) or “ON” (engine run-ning).

CAUTION

If the engine is not running, the pow-er assist for the brakes and steeringwill not work so steering and brakingwill be much harder than usual.

Towing hook cover

Clip

Removing clip

Installing clip

—Removing towing hook coverfor emergency towing(four–wheel drive models)

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

240 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

1. Use a Phillips–head screwdriver andremove the clip.

2. Unhook the towing hook cover.

� Before emergency towing, check thatthe hook is not broken or damaged andthat the installation bolts are not loose.

� Fasten the towing cable or chain se-curely to the hook.

� Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady andeven force.

� To avoid damaging the hook, do notpull from the side or at a verticalangle. Always pull straight ahead.

CAUTION

If the emergency towing hook is usedto get out when your vehicle becomesstruck in mud, sand or other condi-tion from which the vehicle cannot bedriven out under its own power, makesure to observe the precautions men-tioned below. Otherwise, excessivestress will be put on the hook andthe towing cable or chain may break,causing serious injury or damage.

� If the towing vehicle can hardlymove, do not forcibly continue thetowing. Contact your Toyota dealeror a commercial tow truck servicefor assistance.

� Tow the vehicle as straight aheadas possible.

� Keep away from the vehicle duringtowing.

—Emergency towing hookprecautions

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2412002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

The following methods are effective toget out when your vehicle is struck inmud, sand or other condition fromwhich the vehicle cannot be driven outunder its own power. Use extreme cau-tion when towing vehicles. In addition,keep away from the vehicles and towingcable or chain when towing.

� Remove the soil and sand in the frontand the back of the tires.

� Place a stone or wood under the tires.

If you cannot shift the selector leverout of “P” position to other positionseven though the brake pedal is de-pressed, use the shift lock override but-ton as follows:

1. Turn the ignition key to “LOCK”position. Make sure the parkingbrake is set.

2. Pry up the cover with a flat–bladedscrewdriver or equivalent.

3. Insert the screwdriver or equivalentinto the hole to push down the shiftlock override button. You can shiftout of “P” position only while push-ing the button.

4. Shift into “N” position.

5. Insert the cover.

6. Start the engine. For your safety,keep the brake pedal depressed.

Be sure to have the system checked byyour Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

—Tips for towing a stuckvehicle

If you cannot shift automatictransmission selector lever(two–wheel drive models)

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

242 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

If you cannot shift the selector leverout of “P” position to other positionseven though the brake pedal is de-pressed, use the shift lock override but-ton as follows:

1. Turn the ignition key to “LOCK”position. Make sure the parkingbrake is applied.

2. Pry up the cover with a flat–bladedscrewdriver or equivalent.

3. Insert your finger into the hole tomove the shift lock overdrive leverbackward. You can shift out of “P”position only while holding back thelever.

4. Shift into “N” position.

5. Insert the cover.

6. Start the engine. For your safety,keep the brake pedal depressed.

Be sure to have the system checked byyour Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

Many Toyota dealers can make a newkey if you can give them the key num-ber. If your vehicle is equipped with theengine immobiliser system, the dealerwill also need your master key.

Vehicles with engine immobiliser system—Even if you lose only one key, contactyour Toyota dealer to make a new key. Ifyou lose all your master keys, you cannotmake new keys; the whole engine immobi-liser system must be replaced.

See the suggestion given in “Keys” inSection 1–2.

If your keys are locked in the vehicle andyou cannot get a duplicate, many Toyotadealers can still open the door for you,using their special tools. If you mustbreak a window to get in, we suggestbreaking the smallest side window be-cause it is the least expensive to replace.Be extremely cautious to avoid cuts fromthe glass.

If you cannot shift automatictransmission selector lever(four–wheel drive models) If you lose your keys

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2432002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Please contact your nearest Toyotadealer and you can purchase a newwireless remote control transmitter.

Have the registered identification numbersof your transmitters deleted from your ve-hicle by your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible to avoid the possibility of theft oran accident. Then, have the identificationnumber of your new transmitter registered.At the same time, you must bring all ofthe remaining transmitters to have themregistered again as well.

If you lose your wirelessremote control transmitter

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

244 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2452002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

CORROSION PREVENTION ANDAPPEARANCE CAREProtecting your Toyota from corrosion 246. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Washing and waxing your Toyota 247. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cleaning the interior 248. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 5

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

246 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Toyota, through its diligent research, de-sign and use of the most advancedtechnology available, has done its part tohelp prevent corrosion and has providedyou with the finest quality vehicleconstruction. Now, it is up to you. Propercare of your Toyota can help ensure long–term corrosion prevention.

The most common causes of corrosionto your vehicle are:

� The accumulation of road salt, dirt andmoisture in hard–to–reach areas underthe vehicle.

� Chipping of paint, or undercoatingcaused by minor accidents or bystones and gravel.

Care is especially important if you livein particular areas or operate your ve-hicle under certain environmental condi-tions:

� Road salt or dust control chemicals willaccelerate corrosion, as will the pres-ence of salt in the air near the sea–coast or in areas of industrial pollution.

� High humidity accelerates corrosion es-pecially when temperatures range justabove the freezing point.

� Wetness or dampness to certain partsof your vehicle for an extended periodof time, may cause corrosion eventhough other parts of the vehicle maybe dry.

� High ambient temperatures can causecorrosion to those components of thevehicle which are prevented fromquick–drying due to lack of proper ven-tilation.

The above signifies the necessity to keepyour vehicle, particularly the underside, asclean as possible and to repair any dam-age to paint or protective coatings assoon as possible.

To help prevent corrosion on yourToyota, follow these guidelines:

Wash your vehicle frequently. It is, ofcourse, necessary to keep your vehicleclean by regular washing, but to preventcorrosion, the following points should beobserved:

� If you drive on salted roads in thewinter or if you live near the ocean,you should hose off the undercarriageat least once a month to minimize cor-rosion.

� High pressure water or steam is effec-tive for cleaning the vehicle’s undersideand wheel housings. Pay particularattention to these areas as it is difficultto see all the mud and dirt. It will domore harm than good to simply wet themud and debris without removing them.The lower edge of doors, rocker panelsand frame members have drain holeswhich should not be allowed to clogwith dirt as trapped water in theseareas can cause corrosion.

� Wash the underside of the vehicle thor-oughly when winter is over.

See “Washing and waxing your Toyota” formore tips.

Check the condition of your vehicle’spaint and trim. If you find any chips orscratches in the paint, touch them up im-mediately to prevent corrosion from start-ing. If the chips or scratches have gonethrough the bare metal, have a qualifiedbody shop make the repair.

Protecting your Toyota fromcorrosion

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2472002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Check the interior of your vehicle. Wa-ter and dirt can accumulate under thefloor mats and could cause corrosion. Oc-casionally check under the mats to makesure the area is dry. Be particularly care-ful when transporting chemicals, cleans-ers, fertilizers, salt, etc; these should betransported in proper containers. If a spillor leak should occur, immediately cleanand dry the area.

Use mud shields on your wheels. If youdrive on salted or gravel roads, mudshields help protect your vehicle. Full–sizeshields, which come as near to the groundas possible, are the best. We recommendthat the fittings and the area where theshields are installed be treated to resistcorrosion. Your Toyota dealer will behappy to assist in supplying and installingthe shields if they are recommended foryour area.

Keep your vehicle in a well ventilatedgarage or a roofed place. Do not parkyour vehicle in a damp, poorly venti-lated garage. If you wash your vehicle inthe garage, or if you drive it in coveredwith water or snow, your garage may beso damp it will cause corrosion. Even ifyour garage is heated, a wet vehicle cancorrode if the ventilation is poor.

Washing your Toyota

Keep your vehicle clean by regularwashing.

The following cases may cause weaknessto the paint or corrosion to the body andparts. Wash your vehicle as soon as pos-sible.

� When driving in a coastal area

� When driving on a road sprinkled withantifreeze

� When having coal tar, tree sap, birddroppings and carcass of an insect

� When driving in the areas where thereis a lot of smoke, soot, dust, iron dustand chemical substance

� When the vehicle becomes remarkablydirty with dust and mud

Hand–washing your Toyota

Work in the shade and wait until thevehicle body is not hot to the touch.

CAUTION

When cleaning under floor or chassis,be careful not to injure your hands.

1. Rinse off loose dirt with a hose. Re-move any mud or road salt from theunderside of the vehicle or in thewheel wells.

2. Wash with a mild car–wash soap,mixed according to the manufacturer’sinstructions. Use a soft cotton mitt andkeep it wet by dipping it frequently intothe wash water. Do not rub hard—letthe soap and water remove the dirt.

Plastic wheel ornaments: The plasticwheel ornaments are damaged easily byorganic substances. If any organic sub-stances splashes an ornament, be sure towash it off with water and check if theornament is damaged.

CAUTION

Do not attach the heavily damagedplastic wheel ornament. It may fly offthe wheel and cause accidents whilethe vehicle is moving.

Aluminum wheels: Use only a mild soapor neutral detergent.

Road tar: Remove with turpentine orcleaners that are marked safe for paintedsurfaces.

Washing and waxing yourToyota

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

248 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

NOTICE

Do not use organic substances (gaso-line, kerosene, benzine or strong sol-vents), which may be toxic or causedamage.

3. Rinse thoroughly—dried soap cancause streaking. In hot weather youmay need to rinse each section rightafter you wash it.

4. To prevent water spots, dry the vehicleusing a clean soft cotton towel. Do notrub or press hard—you might scratchthe paint.

Automatic car wash

Your vehicle may be washed in an auto-matic car wash, but remember that thepaint can be scratched by some type ofbrushes, unfiltered washing water, or thewashing process itself. Scratching reducespaint durability and gloss, especially ondarker colors. The manager of the carwash should be able to advise you wheth-er the process is safe for the paint onyour vehicle.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the antenna,make sure it is retracted before driv-ing your Toyota through an automaticcar wash. On models with detachableantenna, remove the antenna beforeusing an automatic car wash.

Waxing your Toyota

Polishing and waxing is recommendedto maintain the original beauty of yourToyota’s finish.

Once a month or if the vehicle surfacedoes not repel water well, apply wax.

1. Always wash and dry the vehicle be-fore you begin waxing, even if you areusing a combined cleaner and wax.

2. Use a good quality polish and wax. Ifthe finish has become extremely weath-ered, use a car–cleaning polish, fol-lowed by a separate wax. Carefully fol-low the manufacturer’s instructions andprecautions. Be sure to polish and waxthe chrome trim as well as the paint.

3. Wax the vehicle again when waterdoes not bead but remains on the sur-face in large patches.

CAUTION

Do not wash the vehicle floor withwater, or allow water to get onto thefloor when cleaning the vehicle interi-or or exterior. Water may get intoaudio components or other electricalcomponents above or under the floorcarpet (or mat) and cause a malfunc-tion; and it may cause body corro-sion.

Vinyl interior

The vinyl upholstery may be easilycleaned with a mild soap or detergentand water.

First vacuum over the upholstery to re-move loose dirt. Then, using a sponge orsoft cloth, apply the soap solution to thevinyl. After allowing it to soak in for a fewminutes to loosen the dirt, remove the dirtand wipe off the soap with a clean dampcloth. If all the dirt does not come off,repeat the procedure. Commercial foam-ing–type vinyl cleaners are also availablewhich work well. Follow the manufacturer’sinstructions.

Cleaning the interior

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2492002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

NOTICE

Do not use solvent, thinner, gasolineor window cleaner on the interior.

Carpets

Use a good foam–type shampoo toclean the carpets.

Begin by vacuuming thoroughly to removeas much dirt as possible. Several types offoam cleaners are available; some are inaerosol cans and others are powders orliquids which you mix with water to pro-duce a foam. To shampoo the carpets,use a sponge or brush to apply the foam.Rub in overlapping circles.

Do not apply water—the best results areobtained by keeping the carpet as dry aspossible. Read the shampoo instructionsand follow them closely.

Seat belts

The seat belts may be cleaned withmild soap and water or with lukewarmwater.

Use a cloth or sponge. As you are clean-ing, check the belts for excessive wear,fraying, or cuts.

NOTICE

� Do not use dye or bleach on thebelts—it may weaken them.

� Do not use the belts until they be-come dry.

Windows

The windows may be cleaned with anyhousehold window cleaner.

NOTICE

When cleaning the inside of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the heater wires or connec-tors.

Air conditioning control panel, car au-dio, instrument panel, console panel,and switches

Use a soft damp cloth for cleaning.

Soak a clean soft cloth in water or luke-warm water then lightly wipe off dirt.

NOTICE

� Do not use organic substances (sol-vents, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline,etc.) or alkaline or acidic solutions.These chemicals can cause discol-oring, staining or peeling of thesurface.

� If you use cleaners or polishingagents, make sure their ingredientsdo not include the substances men-tioned above.

� If you use a liquid car freshener, donot apill the liquid onto the ve-hicle’s interior surfaces. It may con-tain the ingredients mentionedabove. Immediately clean any spillusing the method mentioned above.

Leather Interior

The leather upholstery may be cleanedwith neutral detergent for wool.

Remove dirt using a soft cloth dampenedwith 5% solution of neutral detergent forwool. Then thoroughly wipe off all tracesof detergent with a clean damp cloth.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

250 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

After cleaning or whenever any part of theleather gets wet, dry with a soft cleancloth. Allow the leather to dry in a venti-lated shaded area.

NOTICE

� If a stain should fail to come outwith a neutral detergent, apply acleaner that does not contain anorganic solvent.

� Never use organic substances suchas benzine, alcohol or gasoline, oralkaline or acid solutions for clean-ing the leather as these couldcause discoloring.

� Use of a nylon brush or syntheticfiber cloth, etc. may scratch thefine grained surface of the leather.

� Mildew may develop on soiled leath-er upholstery. Be especially carefulto avoid oil spots. Try to keep yourupholstery always clean.

� Long exposure to direct sunlightmay cause the leather surface toharden and shrink. Keep your ve-hicle in a shaded area, especially inthe summer.

� The interior of your vehicle is aptto heat up on hot summer days, soavoid placing on the upholsteryitems made of vinyl or plastic orcontaining wax as these tend tostick to leather when warm .

� Improper cleaning of the leather up-holstery could result in discolor-ation or staining.

If you have any questions about thecleaning of your Toyota, your localToyota dealer will be pleased to answerthem.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2512002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND CAREMaintenance requirements 252. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General maintenance 253. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Does your vehicle need repairing? 255. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emissions Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) programs 256. . . . . . . . .

For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the “Sched-uled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

SECTION 6

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

252 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Your Toyota vehicle has been designed forfewer maintenance requirements with long-er service intervals to save both your timeand money. However, each regular mainte-nance, as well as day–to–day care, ismore important than ever before to ensuresmooth, and trouble–free, safe, and eco-nomical drivings.

It is the owner’s responsibility to makesure the specified maintenance, includinggeneral maintenance service, is performed.Note that both the new vehicle and emis-sion control system warranties specify thatproper maintenance and care must be per-formed. See “Owner’s Warranty Informa-tion Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment” for complete warranty information.

General maintenance

General maintenance items are those day–to–day care practices that are important toyour vehicle for proper operation. It is theowner’s responsibility to ensure that thegeneral maintenance items are performedregularly.

These checks or inspections can be doneeither by yourself or a qualified technician,or if you prefer, your Toyota dealer will bepleased to do them at a nominal cost.

Scheduled maintenance

The scheduled maintenance items listed inthe “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or“Owner’s Manual Supplement” are thoserequired to be serviced at regular inter-vals.

For details of your maintenance schedule,read the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide”or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

It is recommended that any replacementparts used for maintenance or for therepair of the emission control systembe Toyota supplied.

The owner may elect to use non–Toyotasupplied parts for replacement pur-poses without invalidating the emissioncontrol system warranty. However, useof replacement parts which are not ofequivalent quality may impair the effec-tiveness of the emission control sys-tems.

You may also elect to have mainte-nance, replacement, or repair of theemission control devices and systemperformed by any automotive repair es-tablishment or individual without invali-dating this warranty. See “Owner’s War-ranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’sManual Supplement” for complete war-ranty information.

Where to go for service?

Toyota technicians are well–trained spe-cialists and are kept up to date with thelatest service information through technicalbulletins, service tips, and in–dealershiptraining programs. They learn to work onToyotas before they work on your vehicle,rather than while they are working on it.

You can be confident that your Toyotadealer’s service department performs thebest job to meet the maintenance require-ments on your vehicle—reliably and eco-nomically.

Your copy of the repair order is proof thatall required maintenance has been per-formed for warranty coverage. And if anyproblems should arise with your vehiclewhile under warranty, your Toyota dealerwill promptly take care of it. Again, besure to keep a copy of the repair orderfor any service performed on your Toyota.

What about do–it–yourself maintenance?

Many of the maintenance items are easyto do yourself if you have a little mechani-cal ability and a few basic automotivetools. Simple instructions for how to per-form them are presented in Section 7.

Maintenance requirements

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2532002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

If you are a skilled do–it–yourself mechan-ic, the Toyota service manuals are recom-mended. Please be aware that do–it–your-self maintenance can affect your warrantycoverage. See “Owner’s Warranty Informa-tion Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment” for the details.

Listed below are the general maintenanceitems that should be performed as fre-quently as specified. In addition to check-ing the items listed, if you notice anyunusual noise, smell or vibration, youshould investigate the cause or take yourvehicle to your Toyota dealer or a quali-fied service shop immediately. It is recom-mended that any problem you notice bebrought to the attention of your dealer orthe qualified service shop for their advice.

CAUTION

Make these checks only where ade-quate ventilation can be obtained ifyou run the engine.

OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE

Items listed below should be performedfrom time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Tire pressure

Check the pressure with a gauge everytwo weeks, or at least once a month. SeeSection 7–2 for additional information.

Tire surface and wheel nuts

Check the tires carefully for cuts, damageor excessive wear. See Section 7–2 foradditional information. When checking thetires, make sure no nuts are missing, andcheck the nuts for looseness. Tightenthem if necessary.

Tire rotation

Rotate the tires according to the mainte-nance schedule. (For scheduled mainte-nance information, please refer to the sep-arate “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or“Owner’s Manual Supplement”.). See Sec-tion 7–2 for additional information.

Fluid leaks

Check underneath for leaking fuel, oil, wa-ter or other fluid after the vehicle hasbeen parked for a while. If you smell fuelfumes or notice any leak, have the causefound and corrected immediately.

Doors and engine hood

Check that all doors including back dooroperate smoothly and all latches lock se-curely. Make sure the engine hood sec-ondary latch secures the hood from open-ing when the primary latch is released.

General maintenance

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

254 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

INSIDE THE VEHICLE

Items listed below should be checkedregularly, e.g. while performing periodicservices, cleaning the vehicle, etc.

Lights

Make sure the headlights, stop lights, taillights, turn signal lights, and other lightsare all working. Check headlight aim.

Service reminder indicators and warningbuzzers

Check that all service reminder indicatorsand warning buzzers function properly.

Steering wheel

Check that it has the specified free play.Be alert for changes in steering condition,such as hard steering or strange noise.

Seats

Check that all seat controls such as seatadjusters, seatback recliner, etc. operatesmoothly and that all latches lock securelyin any position. Check that the head re-straint move up and down smoothly andthat the locks hold securely in any latchedposition. For folding–down rear seatbacksand swing–up rear seat cushions, checkthat the latches lock securely.

Seat belts

Check that the seat belt system such asbuckles, retractors and anchors operateproperly and smoothly. Make sure the beltwebbing is not cut, frayed, worn or dam-aged.

Accelerator pedal

Check the pedal for smooth operation anduneven pedal effort or catching.

Brake pedal

Check the pedal for smooth operation andthat the pedal has the proper clearance.Check the brake booster function.

Brakes

At a safe place, check that the brakes donot pull to one side when applied.

Parking brake

Check that the lever has the proper traveland that, on a safe incline, your vehicleis held securely with only the parkingbrake applied.

Automatic transmission “Park” mecha-nism

Check the lock release button of the se-lector lever for proper and smooth opera-tion. On a safe incline, check that yourvehicle is held securely with the selectorlever in “P” position and all brakes re-leased.

IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Items listed below should be checkedfrom time to time, e.g. each time whenrefueling.

Washer fluid

Make sure there is sufficient fluid in thetank. See Section 7–3 for additional in-formation.

Engine coolant level

Make sure the coolant level is betweenthe “F” and “L” lines on the see–throughreservoir when the engine is cold. SeeSection 7–2 for additional information.

Radiator, condenser and hoses

Check that the front of the radiator andcondenser are clean and not blocked withleaves, dirt, or insects. See Section 7–2for additional information.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2552002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Battery electrolyte level

Your Toyota has a maintenance free bat-tery. You do not have to add distilled wa-ter. See Section 7–3 for additional in-formation.

Brake fluid level

Make sure the brake fluid level is correct.See Section 7–2 for additional information.

Engine oil level

Check the level on the dipstick with theengine turned off and the vehicle parkedon a level spot. See Section 7–2 for addi-tional information.

Power steering fluid level

Check the level through the reservoir. Thelevel should be in the “HOT” or “COLD”range depending on the fluid temperature.See Section 7–2 for additional information.

Exhaust system

If you notice any change in the sound ofthe exhaust or smell exhaust fumes, havethe cause located and corrected immedi-ately. (See “Engine exhaust cautions” inSection 2.)

Be on the alert for changes in perfor-mance, sounds, and visual tip–offs thatindicate service is needed. Some impor-tant clues are as follows:

� Engine missing, stumbling, or pinging

� Appreciable loss of power

� Strange engine noises

� A leak under the vehicle (however, wa-ter dripping from the air conditioningafter use is normal.)

� Change in exhaust sound (This mayindicate a dangerous carbon monoxideleak. Drive with the windows open andhave the exhaust system checked im-mediately.)

� Flat–looking tire; excessive tire squealwhen cornering; uneven tire wear

� Vehicle pulls to one side when drivingstraight on a level road

� Strange noises related to suspensionmovement

� Loss of brake effectiveness; spongyfeeling brake or clutch pedal; pedal al-most touches floor; vehicle pulls to oneside when braking

� Engine coolant temperature continuallyhigher than normal

If you notice any of these clues, take yourvehicle to your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible. It probably needs adjustment orrepair.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving with the ve-hicle unchecked. It could result in se-rious vehicle damage and possiblypersonal injury.

Does your vehicle needrepairing?

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

256 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Some states have vehicle emission in-spection programs which include OBD(On–Board Diagnostics) checks.

The OBD system monitors the operationof the emission control system. When theOBD system determines that a problemexists somewhere in the emission controlsystem, the malfunction indicator lampcomes on. In this case, your vehicle maynot pass the I/M test and need to berepaired. Contact your Toyota dealer toservice the vehicle.

Even if the malfunction indicator lampdoes not come on, your vehicle may notpass the I/M test as readiness codeshave not been set in the OBD system.

Readiness codes are automatically setduring ordinary driving. However, when thebattery is disconnected or run down, thecodes are erased. Also, depending onyour driving habits, the codes may not becompletely set.

Also, if the malfunction indicator lamp hadcome on recently due to temporary mal-function such as a loose fuel tank cap,your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.

The malfunction indicator lamp will go offafter taking several driving trips, but theerror code in the OBD system will not becleared unless about 40 trips or more aretaken.

If your vehicle does not pass the I/M testeven the malfunction indicator lamp doesnot come on, contact your Toyota dealerto prepare the vehicle for re–testing.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance (I/M) programs

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2572002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

DO–IT–YOURSELF MAINTENANCEIntroductionEngine compartment overview 258. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuse locations 259. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Do–it–yourself service precautions 259. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parts and tools 261. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7– 1

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

258 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

1. Windshield and back window washerfluid tank

2. Power steering fluid reservoir

3. Engine oil level dipstick

4. Engine oil filler cap

5. Brake fluid reservoir

6. Fuse block

7. Battery

8. Engine coolant reservoir

9. Radiator

10. Condenser

Engine compartment overview

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2592002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Spare fuses

If you perform maintenance by yourself,be sure to follow the correct proceduregiven in this section.

You should be aware that improper or in-complete servicing may result in operatingproblems.

Performing do–it–yourself maintenanceduring the warranty period may affect yourwarranty coverage. Read the separateToyota Warranty statement for details andsuggestions.

This section gives instructions only forthose items that are relatively easy for anowner to perform. As explained in Section6, there are still a number of items thatmust be done by a qualified technicianwith special tools.

For information on tools and parts for do–it–yourself maintenance, see “Parts andtools”.

Utmost care should be taken when work-ing on your vehicle to prevent accidentalinjury. Here are a few precautions thatyou should be especially careful to ob-serve:

Fuse locationsDo–it–yourself serviceprecautions

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

260 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

CAUTION

� When the engine is running, keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom the moving fan and enginedrive belts. (Removing rings,watches, and ties is advisable.)

� Right after driving, the enginecompartment—the engine, radiator,exhaust manifold, power steeringfluid reservoir and spark plugboots, etc.—will be hot. So be care-ful not to touch them. Oil, fluidsand spark plugs may also be hot.

� If the engine is hot, do not removethe radiator cap or loosen the drainplugs to prevent burning yourself.

� Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-low open flames around fuel or thebattery. Their fumes are flammable.

� Do not get under your vehicle withjust the body jack supporting it. Al-ways use automotive jack stands orother solid supports.

� Use eye protection whenever youwork on or under your vehiclewhere you may be exposed to flyingor falling material, fluid spray, etc.

� Used engine oil contains potentiallyharmful contaminants which maycause skin disorders such as in-flammation or skin cancer, so careshould be taken to avoid prolongedand repeated contact with it. To re-move used engine oil from yourskin, wash thoroughly with soapand water.

� Do not leave used oil within thereach of children.

� Dispose of used oil and filter onlyin a safe and acceptable manner.Do not dispose of used oil and fil-ter in household trash, in sewers oronto the ground. Call your dealer ora service station for informationconcerning recycling or disposal.

� Be extremely cautious when work-ing on the battery. It contains poi-sonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.


NOTICE

� Remember that battery and ignitioncables carry high currents or volt-ages. Be careful of accidentallycausing a short circuit.

� Add only demineralized or distilledwater to fill the radiator. And if youspill some of the coolant, be sureto wash it off with water to preventit from damaging the parts or paint.

� Do not allow dirt or anything elseto fall through the spark plug holes.

� Do not pry the outer electrode of aspark plug against the center elec-trode.

� Use only spark plugs of the speci-fied type. Using other types willcause engine damage, loss of per-formance or radio noise.

� Do not overfill automatic transmis-sion fluid, or the transmissioncould be damaged.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2612002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

� Do not drive with the air cleanerfilter removed, or excessive enginewear could result. Also backfiringcould cause a fire in the enginecompartment.

� Be careful not to scratch the glasssurface with the wiper frame.

� When closing the engine hood,check to see that you have not for-gotten any tools, rags, etc.

Here is a list of parts and tools you willneed on performing do–it–yourself mainte-nance. Remember all Toyota parts are de-signed in metric sizes, so your tools mustbe metric.

CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL

Parts (if level is low):

� Engine oil API grade SJ or SL,“Energy–Conserving” or ILSACmultigrade having viscosity proper foryour climate

Tools:

� Rag or paper towel

� Funnel (only for adding oil)

CHECKING THE ENGINE COOLANTLEVEL


� “TOYOTA Long Life Coolant” or equiva-lentSee Section 7–2 for details about cool-ant type selection.

� Demineralized or distilled water

Tools:

� Funnel (only for adding coolant)

CHECKING BRAKE FLUID


� SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3brake fluid

Tools:


� Funnel (only for adding fluid)

CHECKING POWER STEERING FLUID


� Automatic transmission fluidDEXRON�II or III

Tools:


� Funnel (only for adding fluid)

CHECKING BATTERY CONDITION

Tools:

� Warm water

� Baking soda

� Grease

� Conventional wrench (for terminalclamp bolts)

Parts and tools

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

262 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

CHECKING AND REPLACING FUSES

Parts (if replacement is necessary):

� Fuse with same amperage rating asoriginal

Tools:

� Conventional wrench (for instrumentlower panel nut)

ADDING WASHER FLUID

Parts:

� Water

� Washer fluid containing antifreeze (forwinter use)

Tools:

� Funnel

REPLACING LIGHT BULBS

Parts:

� Bulb with same number and wattagerating as original (See charts in “Re-placing light bulbs” in Section 7–3.)

Tools:

� Screwdriver

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2632002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

DO–IT–YOURSELF MAINTENANCEEngine and ChassisChecking the engine oil level 264. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking the engine coolant level 265. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking the radiator and condenser 266. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking brake fluid 267. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking power steering fluid 268. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking tire pressure 268. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking and replacing tires 269. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotating tires 271. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing snow tires and chains 271. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing wheels 272. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aluminum wheel precautions 273. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7– 2

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

264 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Low level Full level

Add oil O.K. Too full

With the engine at operating tempera-ture and turned off, check the oil levelon the dipstick.

1. To get a true reading, the vehicleshould be on a level spot. After turningoff the engine, wait a few minutes forthe oil to drain back into the bottom ofthe engine.

2. Pull out the dipstick, and wipe it cleanwith a rag.

3. Reinsert the dipstick—push it in as faras it will go, or the reading will not becorrect.

4. Pull the dipstick out and look at the oillevel on the end.

If the oil level is below or only slightlyabove the low level, add engine oil ofthe same type as already in the engine.

Remove the oil filler cap and add engineoil in small quantities at a time, checkingthe dipstick.

The approximate quantity of oil needed tofill between the low level and the full levelon the dipstick is indicated below for ref-erence.

When the level reaches within the correctrange, install the filler cap hand–tight.

Oil quantity, L (qt., lmp. qt.):1.2 (1.3, 1.1)

NOTICE

� Avoid overfilling, or the enginecould be damaged.

� Check the oil level on the dipstickonce again after adding the oil.

ENGINE OIL SELECTION

Use API grade SJ “Energy–Conserving”,SL “Energy–Conserving” or ILSAC multi-grade engine oil.

Recommended viscosity (SAE):

5W-30 Preferred

Temperature range anticipated beforenext oil change

SAE 5W–30 is the best choice for yourvehicle, for good fuel economy andgood starting in cold weather.

If you use SAE 10W–30 engine oil inextremely low temperatures, the enginemay become difficult to start, so SAE5W–30 engine oil is recommended.

Checking the engine oil level

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2652002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

API service symbol

ILSAC certification mark

Oil identification marks

Either or both API registered marks areadded to some oil containers to helpyou select the oil you should use.

The API Service Symbol is located any-where on the outside of the container.

The top portion of the label shows the oilquality by API (American Petroleum Insti-tute) designations such as SL. The centerportion of the label shows the SAE viscos-ity grade such as SAE 5W–30. “Energy–Conserving” shown in the lower portion,indicates that the oil has fuel–saving ca-pabilities.

The ILSAC (International Lubricant Stan-dardization and Approval Committee) Certi-fication Mark is displayed on the front ofthe container.

Look at the see–through coolant reser-voir when the engine is cold. The cool-ant level is satisfactory if it is betweenthe “F” and “L” lines on the reservoir.If the level is low, add ethylene–glycoltype coolant for a proper corrosionprotection of aluminum components.

The coolant level in the reservoir will varywith engine temperature. However, if thelevel is on or below the “L” line, addcoolant. Bring the level up to the “F” line.

Always use ethylene–glycol type coolantfor a proper corrosion protection of alumi-num components. See information in thenext column.

If the coolant level drops within a shorttime after replenishing, there may be aleak in the system. Visually check theradiator, hoses, radiator cap and draincock and water pump.

If you can find no leak, have your Toyotadealer test the cap pressure and checkfor leaks in the cooling system.

Checking the engine coolantlevel

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

266 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

CAUTION

To prevent burning yourself, do notremove the radiator cap when the en-gine is hot.

Coolant type selection

Use of improper coolants may damageyour engine cooling system. Your coolantmust contain ethylene–glycol type coolantfor a proper corrosion protection of yourengine that contains aluminumcomponents. Use “TOYOTA Long LifeCoolant” or equivalent.

In addition to preventing freezing andsubsequent damage to the engine, thistype of coolant will also prevent corrosion.Further supplemental inhibitors or additivesare neither needed nor recommended.

Read the coolant container for informationon freeze protection. Follow the manufac-turer’s directions for how much to mixwith plain water (preferably demineralizedwater or distilled water). The total capacityof the cooling system is given in Section8.

We recommend to use 50% solution foryour Toyota, to provide protection down toabout –35�C (–31�F). When it is extreme-ly cold, to provide protection down toabout –50�C (–58�F), 60% solution is rec-ommended. Do not use more than 70%solution for better coolant performance.

NOTICE


If any of the above parts are extremelydirty or you are not sure of their condi-tion, take your vehicle to a Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

To prevent yourself from burning, becareful not to touch the radiator orcondenser when the engine is hot.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the radiatorand condenser, do not perform thework by yourself.

Checking the radiator andcondenser

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2672002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

To check the fluid level, simply look atthe see–through reservoir. The levelshould be between the “MAX” and“MIN” lines on the reservoir.

It is normal for the brake fluid level to godown slightly as the brake pads wear orwhen the fluid level in the accumulator ishigh.

If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, itmay indicate a serious mechanical prob-lem.

If the level is low, add SAE J1703 orFMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid to thebrake reservoir.

Refilling brake fluid:

1. Turn the ignition switch off.

2. Depress the brake pedal more than 40times.

3. Remove the reservoir cover by hand.Add brake fluid up to the “MAX” line.

If you do not follow the procedure above,the reservoir may overflow.

Use only newly opened brake fluid. Onceopened, brake fluid absorbs moisture fromthe air, and excess moisture can cause adangerous loss of braking.

CAUTION

Take care when filling the r eservoirbecause brake fluid can harm youreyes and damage painted surfaces. Iffluid gets in your eyes, flush youreyes with clean water immediately. Ifyou still feel uncomfortable with youreyes, go to the doctor.

NOTICE

If you spill the fluid, be sure to washit off with water to prevent it fromdamaging the parts or paint.

Checking brake fluid

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

268 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

If cold add

If cold O.K.

If hot add

If hot O.K.

Check the fluid level on the dipstick. Ifnecessary, add automatic transmissionfluid DEXRON �II or III.

If the vehicle has been driven around 80km/h (50 mph) for 20 minutes (a littlemore in frigid temperatures), the fluid ishot (60�C—80�C or 140�F—175�F). Youmay also check the level when the fluidis cold (about room temperature,10�C—30�C or 50�F—85�F) if the enginehas not been run for about five hours.

a. Clean all dirt from outside of the reser-voir tank.

b. Remove the reservoir cap by turning itcounterclockwise and wipe the dipstickclean.

c. Reinstall the reservoir cap.

d. Remove the reservoir cap again andlook at the fluid level. If the fluid is cold,the level should be in the “COLD” rangeon the dipstick. Similarly, if it is hot, thefluid level should be in the “HOT” range.If the level is at the low side of eitherrange, add automatic transmission fluidDEXRON�II or III to bring the level withinthe range.

e. After replacing the reservoir cap, visu-ally check the steering box case, vanepump and hose connections for leaks ordamage.

CAUTION

The reservoir tank may be hot so becareful not to burn yourself.

NOTICE

Avoid overfilling, or the power steer-ing could be damaged.

Keep your tire pressures at the properlevel.

The recommended cold tire pressures, tiresize and the vehicle capacity weight aregiven in Section 8. The recommended tirepressures and tire size are also on thetire pressure label as shown.

You should check the tire pressures everytwo weeks, or at least once a month. Anddo not forget the spare!

Checking power steering fluid Checking tire pressure

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2692002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Incorrect tire pressure can reduce tirelife and make your vehicle less safe todrive.

Low tire pressure results in excessivewear, poor handling, reduced fuel econo-my, and the possibility of blowouts fromoverheated tires. Also, low tire pressurecan cause poor sealing of the tire bead.If the tire pressure is excessively low,there is the possibility of wheel deforma-tion and/or tire separation.

High tire pressure produces a harsh ride,handling problems, excessive wear at thecenter of the tire tread, and a greaterpossibility of tire damage from road haz-ards.

If a tire frequently needs refilling, have itchecked by your Toyota dealer.

The following instructions for checkingtire pressure should be observed:

� The pressure should be checked onlywhen the tires are cold. If your ve-hicle has been packed for at least 3hours and has not been driven formore than 1.5 km or 1 mile since, youwill get an accurate cold tire pressurereading.

� Always use a tire pressure gauge.The appearance of a tire can be mis-leading. Besides, tire pressures thatare even just a few pounds off candegrade ride and handling.

� Do not bleed or reduce tire pressureafter driving. It is normal for the tirepressure to be higher after driving.

� Never exceed the vehicle capacityweight. The passenger and luggageweight should be located so that thevehicle is balanced.

� Be sure to reinstall the tire inflationvalve caps. Without the valve caps,dirt or moisture could get into the valvecore and cause air leakage. If the capshave been lost, have new ones put onas soon as possible.

Tread wear indicator

CHECKING YOUR TIRES

Check the tire tread for the tread wearindicators. If the indicators show, re-place the tires.

The tires on your Toyota have built–intread wear indicators to help you knowwhen the tires need replacement. Whenthe tread depth wears to 1.6 mm (0.06in.) or less, the indicators will appear. Ifyou can see the indicators in two or moreadjacent grooves, the tire should be re-placed. The lower the tread, the higherthe risk of skidding.

The effectiveness of snow tires is lostif the tread wears down below 4 mm(0.16 in.).

Checking and replacing tires

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

270 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Check the tires regularly for damagesuch as cuts, splits and cracks. If anydamage is found, consult with a techni-cian and have the tire repaired or re-placed.

Even if the damage does not appear seri-ous, a qualified technician should examinethe damage. Objects which have pene-trated the tire may have caused internaldamage.

Any tires which are over 6 years oldmust be checked by a qualified techni-cian even if damage is not obvious.

Tires deteriorate with age even if theyhave never or seldom been used.

This also applies to the spare tire andtires stored for future use.

REPLACING YOUR TIRES

When replacing a tire, use only thesame size and construction as original-ly installed and with the same or great-er load capacity.

Using any other size or type of tire mayseriously affect handling, ride, speedome-ter/odometer calibration, ground clearance,and clearance between the body and tiresor snow chains.

CAUTION

� Do not mix radial, bias belted, orbias–ply tires on your vehicle. Itcan cause dangerous handling char-acteristics, resulting in loss of con-trol.

� Do not use tires or wheels otherthan the manufacture’s recom-mended size.

� Do not use tires of different brands,sizes and constructions. This maydamage the drive system and pre-vent the vehicle skid control systemfrom functioning correctly.

Toyota recommends all four tires, or atleast both front or rear tires be re-placed as a set.

See “If you have a flat tire” in Section 4for tire change procedure.

When a tire is replaced, the wheelshould always be balanced.

An unbalanced wheel may affect vehiclehandling and tire life. Wheels can get outof balance with regular use and shouldtherefore be balanced occasionally.

When replacing a tubeless tire, the airvalve should also be replaced with anew one.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2712002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

To equalize the wear and help extendtire life, Toyota recommends that yourotate your tires according to the main-tenance schedule. (For scheduled main-tenance information, please refer to the“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or“Owner’s Manual Supplement”.) Howev-er, the most appropriate timing for tirerotation may vary according to yourdriving habits and road surface condi-tions.

See “If you have a flat tire” in Section 4for tire change procedure.

When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear is usu-ally caused by incorrect tire pressure, im-proper wheel alignment, out–of–balancewheels, or severe braking.

WHEN TO USE SNOW TIRES ORCHAINS

Snow tires or chains are recommendedwhen driving on snow or ice.

On wet or dry roads, conventional tiresprovide better traction than snow tires.

SNOW TIRE SELECTION

If you need snow tires, select the samesize, construction and load capacity asthe original tires on your Toyota.

Do not use tires other than those men-tioned above. Do not install studded tireswithout first checking local regulations forpossible restrictions.

SNOW TIRE INSTALLATION

Snow tires should be installed on allwheels.

Installing snow tires on the front wheelsonly can lead to an excessive differencein road grip capability between the frontand rear tires which could cause loss ofvehicle control.

When storing removed tires, you shouldstore them in a cool dry place.

Mark the direction of rotation and be sureto install them in the same direction whenreplacing.

Rotating tiresInstalling snow tires andchains

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

272 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

CAUTION

� Do not drive with the snow tiresincorrectly inflated.

� Never drive over 120 km/h (75 mph)with any type of snow tires.

TIRE CHAIN SELECTION

Use the tire chains of correct size.

Regulations regarding the use of tirechains vary according to location ortype of road, so always check thembefore installing chains.

CHAIN INSTALLATION

Install the chains on the rear tires astightly as possible. Do not use tirechains on the front tires. Retightenchains after driving 0.5—1.0 km(1/4—1/2 mile).

When installing chains on your tires, care-fully follow the instructions of the chainmanufacturer.

If wheel covers are used, they will bescratched by the chain band, so removethe covers before putting on the chains.

CAUTION

� Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) orthe chain manufacturer’s recom-mended speed limit, whichever islower.

� Drive carefully avoiding bumps,holes, and sharp turns, which maycause the vehicle to bounce.

� Avoid sharp turns or locked–wheelbraking, as use of chains may ad-versely affect vehicle handling.

� When driving with chains installed,be sure to drive carefully. Slowdown before entering the curves toavoid losing control of the vehicle.Otherwise an accident may occur.

WHEN TO REPLACE YOUR WHEELS

If you have wheel damage such asbending, cracks or heavy corrosion, thewheel should be replaced.

If you fail to replace damaged wheels, thetire may slip off the wheel or cause lossof handling control.

WHEEL SELECTION

When replacing wheels, care should betaken to ensure that the wheels are re-placed by ones with the same load ca-pacity, diameter, rim width, and offset.

Correct replacement wheels are availableat your Toyota dealer.

A wheel of a different size or type mayadversely affect handling, wheel and bear-ing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odom-eter calibration, stopping ability, headlightaim, bumper height, vehicle ground clear-ance, and tire or snow chain clearance tothe body and chassis.

Replacing wheels

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2732002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Replacement with used wheels is not rec-ommended as they may have been sub-jected to rough treatment or high mileageand could fail without warning. Also, bentwheels which have been straightened mayhave structural damage and thereforeshould not be used. Never use an innertube in a leaking wheel which is designedfor a tubeless tire.

� When installing aluminum wheels,check that the wheel nuts are tightafter driving your vehicle the first 1600km (1000 miles).

� If you have rotated, repaired orchanged your tires, check that thewheel nuts are still tight after driving1600 km (1000 miles).

� When using tire chains, be careful notto damage the aluminum wheels.

� Use only the Toyota wheel nuts andwrench designed for your aluminumwheels.

� When balancing your wheels, use onlyToyota balance weights or equivalentand a plastic or rubber hammer.

� As with any wheel, periodically checkyour aluminum wheels for damage. Ifdamaged, replace immediately.

Aluminum wheel precautions

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

274 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2752002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

DO–IT–YOURSELF MAINTENANCEElectrical componentsChecking battery condition 276. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery recharging precautions 277. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking and replacing fuses 278. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding washer fluid 279. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing light bulbs 280. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7– 3

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

276 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

CAUTION

BATTERY PRECAUTIONS

The battery produces flammable andexplosive hydrogen gas.

� Do not cause a spark from the bat-tery with tools.

� Do not smoke or light a match nearthe battery.

The electrolyte contains poisonousand corrosive sulfuric acid.

� Avoid contact with eyes, skin orclothes.

� Never ingest electrolyte.

� Wear protective safety glasses whenworking near the battery.

� Keep children away from the bat-tery.

EMERGENCY MEASURES

� If electrolyte gets in your eyes,flush your eyes with clean waterimmediately and get immediatemedical attention. If possible, con-tinue to apply water with a spongeor cloth while en route to the medi-cal office.

� If electrolyte gets on your skin,thoroughly wash the contact area. Ifyou feel pain or burning, get medi-cal attention immediately.

� If electrolyte gets on your clothes,there is a possibility of its soakingthrough to your skin, so immediate-ly take off the exposed clothing andfollow the procedure above, if nec-essary.

� If you accidentally swallow electro-lyte, drink a large quantity of wateror milk. Follow with milk of magne-sia, beaten raw egg or vegetableoil. Then go immediately for emer-gency help.


Terminals Groundcable

Hold–down clamp

Check the battery for corroded or looseterminal connections, cracks, or loosehold–down clamp.

a. If the battery is corroded, wash it offwith a solution of warm water and bak-ing soda. Coat the outside of the termi-nals with grease to prevent further cor-rosion.

b. If the terminal connections are loose,tighten their clamp nuts—but do notovertighten.

c. Tighten the hold–down clamp onlyenough to keep the battery firmly inplace. Overtightening may damage thebattery case.

Checking battery c ondition——Precautions —Checking battery exterior

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2772002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

NOTICE

� Be sure the engine and all accesso-ries are off before performing main-tenance.

� When checking the battery, removethe ground cable from the negativeterminal (“–” mark) first and rein-stall it last.

� Be careful not to cause a short cir-cuit with tools.

� Take care no solution gets into thebattery when washing it.

Type A

Green DarkClear or light yellow

Type B

Blue White Red

CHECKING BY INDICATOR

Check the battery condition by the indi-cator color.

Indicator colorCondition

Type A Type BCondition

Green Blue Good

Dark White

Charging necessary.Have batterychecked by yourToyota dealer.

Clear orlight

yellowRed

Have batterychecked by yourToyota dealer.

During recharging, the battery is pro-ducing hydrogen gas.

Therefore, before recharging:

1. If recharging with the battery installedon the vehicle, be sure to disconnectthe ground cable.

2. Be sure the power switch on the re-charger is off when connecting thecharger cables to the battery and whendisconnecting them.

CAUTION

� Always charge the battery in an un-confined area. Do not charge thebattery in a garage or closed roomwhere there is not sufficient ventila-tion.

� Only do a slow charge (5 A orless). Charging at a quicker rate isdangerous. The battery may ex-plode, causing personal injuries.

—Checking battery c ondition Battery recharging pr ecautions

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

278 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

NOTICE

Never recharge the battery while theengine is running. Also, be sure allaccessories are turned off.

Type A

Type B

Type C

Good

Good

Good

Blown

Blown

Blown

If the headlights or other electricalcomponents do not work, check thefuses. If any of the fuses are blown,they must be replaced.

See “Fuse locations” in Section 7–1 forlocations of the fuses.

Turn the ignition switch and inoperativecomponent off. Pull a suspected fusestraight out and check it.

Determine which fuse may be causing theproblem. The lid of the fuse box showsthe name of the circuit for each fuse. SeeSection 8 of this manual for the functionscontrolled by each circuit.

Checking and replacing fuses

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2792002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Type A fuses can be pulled out by usingthe pull–out tool. The location of the pull–out tool is shown in the illustration.

If you are not sure whether the fuse hasblown, try replacing the suspected fusewith one that you know is good.

If the fuse has blown, push a new fuseinto the clip.

Only install a fuse with the amperage rat-ing designated on the fuse box lid.

If you do not have a spare fuse, in anemergency you can pull out the “PWROUTLET” or “A.C” fuse, which may bedispensable for normal driving, and use itif its amperage rating is the same.

If you cannot use one of the same amper-age, use one that is lower, but as closeas possible to the rating. If the amperageis lower than that specified, the fusemight blow out again but this does notindicate anything wrong. Be sure to getthe correct fuse as soon as possible andreturn the substitute to its original clip.

It is a good idea to purchase a set ofspare fuses and keep them in your ve-hicle for emergencies.

If the new fuse immediately blows out,there is a problem with the electrical sys-tem. Have your Toyota dealer correct it assoon as possible.

CAUTION

Never use a fuse with a higher am-perage rating, or any other object, inplace of a fuse. This may cause ex-tensive damage and possibly a fire.

If any washer does not work, the wash-er tank may be empty. Add washerfluid.

You may use plain water as washer fluid.However, in cold areas where tempera-tures range below freezing point, usewasher fluid containing antifreeze. Thisproduct is available at your Toyota dealerand most auto parts stores. Follow themanufacturer’s directions for how much tomix with water.

NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or anyother substitute because it may dam-age your vehicle’s paint.

Adding washer fluid

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

280 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

The following illustrations show how togain access to the bulbs. When replacinga bulb, make sure the ignition switch andlight switch are off. Use bulbs with thewattage ratings given in the table.

CAUTION

� To prevent yourself from burning,do not replace the light bulbs whilethey are hot.

� Halogen bulbs have pressurized gasinside and require special handling.They can burst or shatter ifscratched or dropped. Hold a bulbonly by its plastic or metal case.Do not touch the glass part of abulb with bare hands.

NOTICE

Only use a bulb of the listed type.

The inside of the lens of exterior lightssuch as headlights may temporarily fog upwhen the lens becomes wet in the rain orin a car wash. This is not a problembecause the fogging is caused by thetemperature difference between the outsideand inside of the lens, just like thewindshield fogged up in the rain. However,if there is a large drop of water on theinside of the lens, or if there is waterpooled inside the light, contact yourToyota dealer.

Light bulbs BulbNo.

W Type

Headlights — 60/55 A

Front fog lights — 55 B

Parking and frontside marker lights

— 5 C

Front turn signallights

— 21 C

Rear turn signallights

— 21 D

Stop/tail lights — 21/5 C

Back–up lights — 18 C

License plate lights — 5 C

High mountedstoplight

921 18 C

Interior light — 8 E

Personal lights — 8 E

Glove box light — 1.4 C

Luggagecompartment light

— 8 E

A: HB2 halogen bulbs B: H3 halogen bulbsC: Wedge base bulbs (clear)D: Wedge base bulbs (amber)E: Double end bulbs

Replacing light bulbs—

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2812002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

1. Open the hood. Unplug the connec-tor. Remove the rubber cover.

If the connector is tight, wiggle it.

2. Release the bulb retaining springand remove the bulb. Install a newbulb and the bulb retaining spring.

To install a bulb, align the tabs of thebulb with the cutouts of the mountinghole.

3. Install the rubber cover with the“TOP” mark upward and snuggle onthe boss. Plug in the connector.

Make sure the rubber cover fits snugly onthe connector and the headlight body.

Aiming is not necessary after replacingthe bulb. When aiming adjustment is nec-essary, contact your Toyota dealer.

—Headlights

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

282 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

1. Loosen the cover retaining screwsand remove the cover.

2. Lift up the soft casing and discon-nect the cords.

3. Release the bulb retaining springand remove the bulb. Install a newbulb and the bulb retaining spring.

To install the bulb, align the cutouts of thebulb with the protrusions of the mountinghole.

—Front fog lights

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2832002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

4. Connect the cord and put the softcasing into the cover.

5. Install the cover with the retainingscrews.

Aiming is not necessary after replacingthe bulb. When aiming adjustment is nec-essary, contact your Toyota dealer.

Use a Phillips–head screwdriver.

—Parking and front sidemarker lights

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

284 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Use a Phillips–head screwdriver.

—Front turn signal lights—Rear turn signal, stop/tail,and back–up lights

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2852002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

a: Back–up lightb: Rear turn signal lightsc: Stop/tail light

Use a Phillips–head screwdriver. Use a Phillips–head screwdriver.

—License plate lights —High mounted stoplight

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

286 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2872002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

SPECIFICATIONSDimensions and weight 288. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine 288. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel 289. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Service specifications 289. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tires 292. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuses 292. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 8

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

288 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Model: 5VZ–FE

Type:

6 cylinder V type 4 cycle, gasoline

Bore and stroke, mm (in.):

93.5 � 82.0 (3.68 � 3.23)

Displacement, cm3 (cu. in.):

3378 (206.1)

Dimensions and weight

mm (in.)

P265/70R 16 tire

Without wheelopening extension

With wheelopening extension

P225/75R 15 tire

Overall length 4655 (183.3) 4655 (183.3) 4655 (183.3)

Overall width 1690 (66.5) 1730 (68.1) 1800 (70.9)

Overall height 1715 (67.5)∗ 1740 (68.5)∗ 1740 (68.5)∗

Wheelbase 2675 (105.3) 2675 (105.3) 2675 (105.3)

Front tread 1505 (59.3) 1505 (59.3) 1505 (59.3)

Rear tread 1495 (58.9) 1510 (59.5) 1510 (59.5)

Vehicle capacity weight (occupants + luggage) kg (lb.):454 (1000)

∗: Unladen vehicle

Engine

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2892002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Fuel type:Unleaded gasoline, Octane Rating 87(Research Octane Number 91) or higher

Fuel tank capacity, L (gal., Imp. gal.):70 (18.5, 15.4)

ENGINE

Valve clearance (engine cold), mm (in.):

Intake 0.13—0.23 (0.006—0.009)Exhaust 0.27—0.37 (0.011—0.014)

Spark plug type:

DENSO K16TR11NGK BKR5EKB–11

Spark plug gap, mm (in.):

1.1 (0.043)

Drive belt tension measured with Bor-roughs drive belt tension gauge No.BT–33–73F (used belt), Ibf:

Generator belt100�20

Air conditioning compressor belt100�20

Power steering pump belt100 +20

–15

ENGINE LUBRICATION

Oil capacity (drain and refill),L (qt., Imp. qt.):

With filter 5.2 (5.5, 4.6)Without filter 4.9 (5.2, 4.3)

Oil grade:

API grade SJ “Energy–Conserving”, SL“Energy–Conserving” or ILSAC multi-grade engine oil is recommended.

Recommended oil viscosity (SAE):

5W-30 Preferred

Temperature range anticipated beforenext oil change

Fuel Service specifications

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

290 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

COOLING SYSTEM

Total capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):

With rear heater 9.0 (9.5, 7.9)Without rear heater 8.0 (8.5, 7.0)

Coolant type:

“TOYOTA Long Life Coolant” or equiva-lent

With ethylene–glycol type coolant for aproper corrosion protection of aluminumcomponents


BATTERY

Open voltage∗ at 20�C (68�F):12.6—12.8 V Fully charged12.2—12.4 V Half charged11.8—12.0 V Discharged

∗: Voltage that is checked 20 minutes af-ter the key is removed with all thelights turned off

Charging rates:5 A max.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

Fluid capacity (drain and refill), L (qt., Imp. qt.):

Two–wheel drive modelsUp to 1.6 (1.7, 1.4)

Four–wheel drive modelsUp to 2.0 (2.1, 1.8)

Fluid type:Automatic transmission fluid D–II orDEXRON�III (DEXRON�II)

TRANSFER

Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):1.2 (1.3, 1.1)

Oil type:Gear oil API GL–4 or GL–5

Recommended oil viscosity:SAE 75W–90

DIFFERENTIAL

Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):

Two–wheel drive models2.75 (2.9, 2.4)

Four–wheel drive modelsFront

1.15 (1.2, 1.0)Rear

With center differential lock system2.75 (2.9, 2.4)

Without center differential lock sys-tem

2.45 (2.6, 2.2)

Oil type:Hypoid gear oil API GL–5

Recommended oil viscosity:

FrontSAE 75W–90

RearAbove –18�C (0�F)

SAE 90Below –18�C (0�F)

SAE 80W or 80W–90

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2912002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

CHASSIS LUBRICATION

Propeller shafts:Spiders

Lithium base chassis grease, NLGINo.2

Slide yoke and double cardan jointMolybdenum–disulfide lithium basechassis grease, NLGI No.2

BRAKES

Minimum pedal clearance when depressedwith the force of 490 N (50 kgf, 110 lbf)with the engine running, mm (in.):

40 (1.6)

Pedal free play, mm (in.): 1—6 (0.04—0.24)

Pad wear limit, mm (in.): 1.0 (0.04)

Lining wear limit, mm (in.): 1.0 (0.04)

Parking brake adjustment when pulled withthe force of 196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbf):

7—9 clicks

Fluid type: SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3

STEERING

Wheel free play: Less than 30 mm (1.2 in.)

Power steering fluid type: Automatic transmission fluid DEXRON�IIor III

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

292 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Engine compartment (without daytime running light system)

Fuses (type A)

1. ALT–S 7.5 A: Charging system

2. PWR OUTLET 15 A: Power outlets

3. RR HTR 10 A: Rear air conditioningsystem

4. MPX–B 15 A: Power back window,back door lock, back window wiper,open door warning (back door), powerdoor lock control system, back windowdefogger, horns, theft deterrent system

Tires

Tire size

Tire pressurekPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi)

Front Rear

P265/70R16 111S

P225/75R15 102S

220 (2.2, 32) 220 (2.2, 32)

200 (2.0, 29) 200 (2.0, 29)

Wheel size

7J�16∗1

7JJ�16∗2

7J�15∗1

7JJ�15∗2

∗1: Vehicles with steel wheels∗2: Vehicles with aluminum wheels

NOTE: For a complete information on tires (e.g. replacing tires or replacingwheels), see “Checking tire pressure” through “Aluminum wheel precautions”in Section 7–2.

Wheel nut torque, N ⋅m (kgf ⋅m, ft ⋅lbf):110 (11.5, 83)

Tire size, pressure and wheel size:

Fuses

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2932002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Engine compartment (with daytime running light system)

5. DOME 15 A: Interior lights, personallights, luggage compartment light,clock, car audio system, gauges andmeters, ignition switch light, vanity mir-ror light, daytime running light

6. OBD 7.5 A: On–board diagnosis sys-tem

7. EFI 20 A: Multiport fuel injection sys-tem/sequential multiport fuel injectionsystem

8. HEAD(RH) 10 A: Right–hand headlight,gauges and meters

9. HEAD(LH) 10 A: Left–hand headlight

Instrument panel

10. TAIL 10 A: Tail lights, license platelights, instrument panel lights

11. A.C 10 A: Air conditioning system

12. MIR HTR 10 A: Outside rear view mir-ror heaters

13. DEFOG 15 A: Back window defogger

14. ETCS 15 A: Multiport fuel injectionsystem/sequential multiport fuel injec-tion system

15. DRL 7.5 A: Daytime running light sys-tem

16. HEAD (HI RH) 10 A: Right–hand head-light (high beam), gauges and meters

17. HEAD (HI LH) 10 A: Left–hand head-light (high beam)

18. HEAD (LO RH) 10 A: Right–handheadlight (low beam)

19. HEAD (LO LH) 10 A: Left–hand head-light (low beam)

20. TOWING 25 A: Trailer lights (back–uplights, rear turn signal lights, stop/taillights)

21. SEAT HTR 20 A: Seat heater

22. FOG 15 A: Front fog lights

23. ECU–IG 10 A: Cruise control system,anti–lock brake system, vehicle skidcontrol system, SRS airbag system,electronically controlled automatictransmission system, power antenna,power window, electric moon roof, pow-er back window, back window defogger,back window wiper

24. TURN 10 A: Turn signals lights, emer-gency flashers

25. WIPER 25 A: Windshield wipers andwasher, power door lock control sys-tem, back window defogger, horns,theft deterrent system

26. 4WD 20 A: A.D.D. control system,four–wheel drive control system, centerdifferential lock system

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

294 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

27. ACC 15 A: Car audio system, powerantenna, clock, power rear view mirrorcontrol, cigarette lighter, seat belt pre-tensioners, electronically controlled au-tomatic transmission system, poweroutlets, theft deterrent system

28. GAUGE 10 A: Gauges and meters,back window defogger, daytime runninglight system, air conditioning system,cruise control system, center differen-tial lock system, electronically con-trolled automatic transmission, back–uplights

29. IGN 10 A: SRS airbag system, seatbelt pretensioners, multiport fuel injec-tion system/sequential multiport fuel in-jection system, discharge warning light,vehicle skid control system

30. ECU–B 7.5 A: Gauges and meters, airconditioning system

31. HORN,HAZ 15 A: Horns, emergencyflashers

32. STA 7.5 A: Starting system

33. STOP 10 A: Stop lights, high–mountedstoplight

Fuses (type B)

34. HEATER 50 A: Air conditioning system,all components in “A.C” fuse

35. AM1 40 A: Starting system, all compo-nents in “ACC”, “GAUGE”, “TURN”,“ECU–IG”, “WIPER” and “4WD” fuses

36. J/B 50 A: All components in “POWER”,“HORN,HAZ”, “STOP” and “ECU–B”fuses

37. AM2 30 A: Starting system, multiportfuel injection system/sequential multi-port fuel injection system, all compo-nents in “STA” and “IGN” fuses

38. ABS2 40 A: Anti–lock brake system,active traction control system, vehicleskid control system

39. POWER 30 A: Power window, powerback window, electric moon roof, powerseat, back door lock

Fuses (type C)

40. ABS 60 A: Anti–lock brake system

41. ALT 120 A: Charging system, all com-ponents in “AM1”, “HEATER”, “TAIL”,“RR HTR”, “ALT–S”, “DEFOG”, “MIRHTR” and “ACC” fuses

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2952002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS FOR U.S.OWNERS AND UNIFORM TIRE QUALITYGRADINGReporting safety defects for U.S. owners 296. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Uniform tire quality grading 296. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 9

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

296 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

If you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could cause acrash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediately in-form the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration (NHTSA) inaddition to notifying Toyota MotorSales, U.S.A., Inc. (Toll–free: 1–800–331–4331).

If NHTSA receives similar com-plaints, it may open an investiga-tion, and if it finds that a safetydefect exists in a group of ve-hicles, it may order a recall andremedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involvedin individual problems betweenyou, your dealer, or Toyota MotorSales, U.S.A., Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may ei-ther call the Auto Safety Hotlinetoll–free at 1–800–424–9393 (or366–0123 in Washington, D.C.area) or write to: NHTSA, U.S.Department of Transportation,Washington, D.C. 20590. You canalso obtain other information aboutmotor vehicle safety from the Hot-line.

This information has been prepared in ac-cordance with regulations issued by theNational Highway Traffic Safety Adminis-tration of the U.S. Department of Trans-portation. It provides the purchasers and/or prospective purchasers of Toyotavehicles with information on uniform tirequality grading.

Your Toyota dealer will help answer anyquestions you may have as you read thisinformation.

DOT quality grades—All passenger cartires must conform to Federal SafetyRequirements in addition to thesegrades. Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maximumsection width. For example: Treadwear200 Traction AA Temperature A

Reporting safety defects forU.S. owners Uniform tire quality grading

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2972002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

Treadwear— The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on the wear rateof the tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified government testcourse. For example, a tire graded 150would wear one and a half (1–1/2) timesas well on the government course as atire graded 100. The relative performanceof tires depends upon the actual condi-tions of their use, however, and may de-part significantly from the norm due tovariations in driving habits, service prac-tices and differences in road characteris-tics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B, C— The tractiongrades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A,B, and C, and they represent the tire’sability to stop on wet pavement as mea-sured under controlled conditions on spe-cified government test surfaces of asphaltand concrete. A tire marked C may havepoor traction performance.

Warning: The traction grade assigned tothis tire is based on braking (straightahead) traction tests and does not includecornering (turning) traction.

Temperature A, B, C— The temperaturegrades are A (the highest), B, and C,representing the tire’s resistance to thegeneration of heat and its ability to dissi-pate heat when tested under controlledconditions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel. Sustained high temperaturecan cause the material of the tire to de-generate and reduce tire life, and exces-sive temperature can lead to sudden tirefailure. The grade C corresponds to a lev-el of performance which all passenger cartires must meet under the Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard No.109. Grades Band A represent higher levels of perfor-mance on the laboratory test wheel thanthe minimum required by law.

Warning: The temperature grades for thistire are established for a tire that is prop-erly inflated and not overloaded. Exces-sive speed, underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or in combina-tion, can cause heat buildup and possibletire failure.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

298 2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)

2002 MY 4RUNNER_U (OM35787U)B

Publication No. OM35787UPart No. 01999-35787Printed in Japan 01–0108–00

4 ( U)

Quick index

� If a service reminder indicator or warning buzzer comes on 94. . . . . . . . .

� If your vehicle will not start 224. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If your engine stalls while driving 227. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If your vehicle overheats 228. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If you have a flat tire 229. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If your vehicle needs to be towed 236. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Tips for driving during break–in period 195. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� How to start the engine 210. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� General maintenance 253. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Complete index NO TAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gas station information

Fuel type:

UNLEADED gasoline, Octane Rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91)or higher

See page 195 for detailed information.

Fuel tank capacity: 70 L (18.5 gal., 15.4 lmp. gal.)

Engine oil: API grade SJ “Energy–Conserving”, SL “Energy–Conserving” or ILSACmultigrade engine oil is recommended.

See page 264 for detailed information.

Tire information: See pages 268 through 273.

Tire pressure: See page 292.

U−6

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


You should know as much about the quality and

importance of proper maintenance of your new

vehicle as the people who built it.

The Toyota authorized Repair Manual

tells you how to maintain your vehicle and

enables you to correctly perform your own

maintenance.

The best way to keep your new vehicle in toprunning order is to maintain it properly fromthe moment you drive it off the showroomfloor.

The Toyota authorized Repair Manual ispacked with literally everything you need toknow to perform your own maintenance invirtually every area of your new vehicle.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0 108)


Where to obtain the

Repair Manual

The repair manual for 4Runner, written in Eng�

lish, may be purchased as applicable from any

Toyota dealer.

Pub. Name: 2002 4Runner Repair ManualPub. No.: RM887U1 (Maintenance, Preparation,

Service specifications and Diagnostics)

RM887U2 (Engine, Chassis and Body)

Maintenance procedures for the engine,

chassis, body, electrical system, and more,

are clearly explained and illustrated.

Periodic maintenance and tune−up

Periodic maintenance and tune−up helps to pre�vent small problems from growing into larger ones lat�er on. The repair manual outlines exactly what main�tenance is required and clearly explains how to do thework yourself step−by−step.

Areas covered include such things as spark plug re�placement, valve clearance adjustment and engine oiland filter replacement.

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0108)


WE REALLY CARE ABOUT YOU PLEASE BUCKLE UP

Toyota has made a special effort to encourage use of seat belts.

Toyota belts are:

� Comfortable

� Easy to use

� Convenient

We encourage you to use your belts every time you drive.

U

’02 4Runner_U (L/O 0108)


WE REALLY CARE ABOUT YOU � PLEASE BUCKLE UP

Toyota has made a special effort to encourage use of seat belts.

Toyota belts are:

� Comfortable

� Easy to use

� Convenient

We encourage you to use your belts every time you drive.

U

Date post:	14-Jun-2020
Category:	Documents
Upload:	others
View:	0 times
Download:	0 times

Foreword - Amazon S3 · 5. Garage door opener 6. Garage door opener box or auxiliary box 7....

Documents